WO2010109287A1 - Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators - Google Patents

Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010109287A1
WO2010109287A1 PCT/IB2010/000553 IB2010000553W WO2010109287A1 WO 2010109287 A1 WO2010109287 A1 WO 2010109287A1 IB 2010000553 W IB2010000553 W IB 2010000553W WO 2010109287 A1 WO2010109287 A1 WO 2010109287A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
acetamide
thiazol
dioxo
tetrahydro
pyrimidin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2010/000553
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Sachin Sundarlal Chaudhari
Sukeerthi Kumar
Abraham Thomas
Nisha Parag Patil
Ashok Bhausaheb Kadam
Vishal Govindrao Deshmukh
Sachin Vasantrao Dhone
Rajendra Prakash Chikhale
Neelima Khairatkar-Joshi
Indranil Mukhopadhyay
Original Assignee
Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to DK10755503.9T priority Critical patent/DK2411393T3/en
Priority to EA201190143A priority patent/EA023857B1/en
Priority to MX2011009824A priority patent/MX2011009824A/en
Priority to ES10755503.9T priority patent/ES2456515T3/en
Priority to EP10755503.9A priority patent/EP2411393B1/en
Priority to CN201080013471.6A priority patent/CN102361873B/en
Priority to UAA201111147A priority patent/UA108069C2/en
Priority to SI201030523T priority patent/SI2411393T1/en
Priority to AU2010227245A priority patent/AU2010227245B2/en
Priority to CA2756518A priority patent/CA2756518A1/en
Application filed by Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. filed Critical Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A.
Priority to SG2011066487A priority patent/SG174402A1/en
Priority to PL10755503T priority patent/PL2411393T3/en
Priority to US13/258,115 priority patent/US8623880B2/en
Priority to AP2011005887A priority patent/AP3280A/en
Priority to BRPI1013559A priority patent/BRPI1013559A2/en
Priority to JP2012501401A priority patent/JP5657638B2/en
Publication of WO2010109287A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010109287A1/en
Priority to IL215178A priority patent/IL215178A/en
Priority to ZA2011/07648A priority patent/ZA201107648B/en
Priority to HK12106785.2A priority patent/HK1166075A1/en
Priority to US14/079,932 priority patent/US9000159B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/525—Isoalloxazines, e.g. riboflavins, vitamin B2
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/06—Anti-spasmodics, e.g. drugs for colics, esophagic dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/14—Antitussive agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/06—Anti-spasmodics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present patent application relates to fused pyrimidinedinedione derivatives with transient receptor potential ankyrinl (TRPAl) activity.
  • TRPAl transient receptor potential ankyrinl
  • TRP channels or receptors are pain receptors. They have been classified into seven subfamilies: TRPC (canonical), TRPV (vanilloid), TRPM (melastatin), TRPP (polycystin), TRPML (mucolipin), TRPA (ankyrin, ANKTMl) and TRPN (NOMPC) families.
  • TRPC canonical
  • TRPV vanilloid
  • TRPM melastatin
  • TRPP polycystin
  • TRPML mucolipin
  • TRPA ankyrin, ANKTMl
  • TRPN nuclear factor C
  • TRPV5 and TRP V6 are more closely related to each other than to TRPVl, TRP V2, TRPV3 or TRPV4.
  • TRPAl is most closely related to TRPV3 and is more closely related to TRPVl and TRPV2 than to TRPV5 and TRPV6.
  • the TRPM family has 8 members.
  • Constituents include the following: the founding member TRPMl (melastatin or LTRPCl), TRPM3 (KIAA1616 or LTRPC3), TRPM7 (TRP-PLIK, ChaK(l), LTRPC7), TRPM6 (ChaK2), TRPM2 (TRPC7 or LTRPC2), TRPM8 (TRP-p8 or CMRl), TRPM5 (MTRl or LTRPC5) and TRPM4 (FLJ20041 or LTRPC4).
  • TRPMl melastatin or LTRPCl
  • TRPM3 KAA1616 or LTRPC3
  • TRPM7 TRP-PLIK, ChaK(l), LTRPC7
  • TRPM6 ChoK2
  • TRPM2 TRPC7 or LTRPC2
  • TRPM8 TRP-p8 or CMRl
  • TRPM5 MTRl or LTRPC5
  • TRPM4 FLJ20041 or LTRPC4
  • TRPP family consists of two groups of channels: those predicted to have six transmembrane domains and those that have eleven.
  • TRPP2 PPD2
  • TRPP3 PPD2L1
  • TRPP5 PPD2L2
  • TRPPl PPDl, PCl
  • PKD-REJ PKD-REJ
  • PKD-ILl The sole mammalian member of the TRPA family is ANKTMl . It is believed TRPAl is expressed in nociceptive neurons. Nociceptive neurons of the nervous system sense the peripheral damage and transmit pain signals. TRPAl is membrane bound and most likely acts as a heterodimeric voltage gated channel.
  • TRP Al is activated by a variety of noxious stimuli, including cold temperatures (activated at 17°C), pungent natural compounds (e.g., mustard, cinnamon and garlic) and environmental irritants (MacPherson LJ et al, Nature, 2007, 445; 541-545). Noxious compounds activate TRPAl ion channels through covalent modification of cysteines to form covalently linked adducts. Variety of endogenous molecules produced during tissue inflammation / injury have been identified as pathological activators of TRPAl receptor.
  • TRPAl is also activated in receptor dependant fashion by Bradykinin (BK) which is released during tissue injury at peripheral terminals
  • TRPAl and other TRP receptors The difference between TRPAl and other TRP receptors is that TRPAl ligand binding persists for hours due to which the physiological response (e.g., pain) is greatly prolonged. Hence to dissociate the electrophile, an effective antagonist is required.
  • WO 2009/158719, WO 2009/002933, WO 2008/0949099, WO 2007/073505, WO 2004/055054 and WO 2005/089206 describe the TRP channels as the targets for the treatment of pain and related conditions.
  • R a and R b which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -(CR x R y ) n OR x , -COR X , -COOR ⁇ -C0NR x R y , -S(O) m NR x R y , -NR x R y , -NR x (CR x R y ) n OR x , -(CH 2 ) n NR x R y
  • R 1 and R 2 which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (CR x R y ) n OR x , COR", COOR X , C0NR x R y , (CH 2 ) n NR x R y , (CH 2 ) n CHR x R y , (CH 2 )NR x R y and (CH 2 ) n NHC0R x ;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl;
  • L is a linker selected from -(CR x R y ) n - ; -O-(CR x R y ) n -, -C(O)-, -NR X -, -S(O) 01 NR"-, -NR x (CR x R y ) n - and -S(O) m NR x (CR x R y ) n ;
  • U is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of thiazole, isothiazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, pyroles, 1,2,3-triazoles and 1 ,2,4-triazole; and substituted or unsubstituted six membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine, pyridine and pyridazine;
  • V is selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -NR x R y , halogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl, -C(O)OR", -OR * , -C(0)NR x R y , -C(O)R X and -SO 2 NR x R y ; or U and V together may form an optionally substituted 3 to 7 membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic ring, that may optinally include one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; at each occurrence, R x and R y
  • R 1 and R 2 which may be same or different, are independenly selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (CR x R y ) n OR ⁇ COR X , COOR X , C0NR x R y , (CH 2 ) n NR ⁇ R y , (CH 2 ) n CHR ⁇ R y , (CH 2 )NR x R y and (CH 2 ) n NHC0R ⁇
  • U is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of thiazole, isothiazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, pyroles, 1,2,3-triazoles and 1,2,4-triazole; and substituted or unsubstituted six membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine, pyridine and pyridazine;
  • V is selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -NR x R y , halogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl, .
  • R a and R b which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -(CR x R y ) n OR x , -C0R x , -COOR X , -C0NR ⁇ R y , -S(O) m NR x R y , -NR
  • R a is hydrogen, halogen (for example bromine), alkyl (for example methyl) or alkylaminoalkyl (for example dimethylaminomethyl or diethylaminomethyl).
  • R b is hydrogen or alkyl for example methyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen or alkyl for example methyl.
  • phenyl may be one or more are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), haloalkyl (for example CF 3 ), alkoxy (for example methoxy, ethoxy, OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 or OCH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), haloalkoxy (for example OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , OCH 2 CF 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 or OCH 2 CH 2 CF 2 CF 3 ), cycloalkylalkoxy (for example cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclobutylmethoxy or cyclopentylmethoxy) and, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxy (for example triflu
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen or alkyl (for example methyl).
  • V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl.
  • the substitutents on phenyl may be one or more and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), haloalkyl (for example CF 3 ), alkoxy (for example OCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 or haloalkoxy (for example OCH 2 CF 3 ).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R , U and V are as defined herein above;
  • R 1 and R 2 are alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • R b is hydrogen or (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • R b is hydrogen or (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • phenyl may be one or more and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), cyano, alkyl (for example f-butyl or iso- butyl), haloalkyl (for example CF 3 ) and haloalkoxy (for example OCHF 2 , OCF 3 or OCH 2 CF 3 ).
  • halogen for example F, Cl or Br
  • alkyl for example f-butyl or iso- butyl
  • haloalkyl for example CF 3
  • haloalkoxy for example OCHF 2 , OCF 3 or OCH 2 CF 3
  • the fused ring system is benzothiazole and the optional substituent is haloalkoxy (for example OCF 3 ).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R a , U and V are as defined herein above;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R a , U and V are as defined herein above;
  • R a is hydrogen or (Ci -C 4 ) alkyl.
  • phenyl may be same or different and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), cyano, alkyl, haloalkyl (for example CF 3 ), alkoxy [for example OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 );, or OCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 ],cycloalkylalkoxy (for example cyclobutylmefhoxy) and haloalkoxy (for example OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , OCH 2 CF 3 or OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • halogen for example F, Cl or Br
  • cyano for example F, Cl or Br
  • alkyl for example CF 3
  • alkoxy for example OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 );, or OCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3
  • cycloalkylalkoxy for example cyclobutylmefhoxy
  • Particularly contemplated are compounds of the formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) which possess IC 50 of less than 250 nM, preferably, less than 100 nM, more preferably, less than 50 nM with respect to TRPAl activity as measured by method as described in the present patent application.
  • the present patent application provides a pharmaceutical composition that includes at least one compound described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent).
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein.
  • the compounds described in the present patent application may be associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a carrier or a diluent) or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as a carrier or a diluent
  • the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein are useful for modulating TRPAl receptors, wherein modulation is believed to be related to a variety of disease states.
  • the present patent application further provides a method of inhibiting TRPAl receptors in a subject in need thereof by administering to the subject one or more compounds described herein in the amount effective to cause inhibition of such receptor.
  • halogen or halo includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, having from one to eight carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (isopropyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl and 1,1- dimethylethyl (terf-butyl).
  • Ci -6 alkyl refers to an alkyl chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted
  • alkenyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon- carbon double bond and which may be a straight or branched chain having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), iso-propenyl, 2-methyl-l- propenyl, 1-butenyl and 2-butenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkenyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • alkynyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms (with radicals having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms being preferred) e.g., ethynyl, propynyl and butynyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkynyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • alkoxy refers to a straight or branched, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon radical bonded to an oxygen atom that is attached to a core structure.
  • alkoxy groups include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, 3-methyl butoxy and the like. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkoxy groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • haloalkyl and haloalkoxy means alkyl or alkoxy, as the case may be, substituted with one or more halogen atoms, where alkyl and alkoxy groups are as defined above.
  • halo is used herein interchangeably with the term “halogen” means F, Cl, Br or I.
  • haloalkyl examples include but are not limited to trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentachloroethyl 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, 1-bromoethyl and the like.
  • haloalkoxy examples include but are not limited to fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, pentachloroethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichlorormethoxy, trichloromethoxy, 1 -bromoethoxy and the like. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all "haloalkyl” and “haloalkoxy” groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkyl denotes a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system of 3 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, perhydronapththyl, adamantyl and norbornyl groups, bridged cyclic groups or sprirobicyclic groups, e.g., spiro(4,4) non-2-yl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkylalkyl refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 to about 8 carbon atoms directly attached to an alkyl group.
  • the cycloalkylalkyl group may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure.
  • Non-limiting examples of such groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl and cyclopentylethyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkylalkoxy is used to denote alkoxy substituted with cycloalkyl, wherein 'alkoxy' and 'cycloalkyl' are as defined above (either in the broadest aspect or a preferred aspect).
  • cycloalkylalkoxy groups include cyclopropylmethoxy, 1- or 2-cyclopropylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclopropylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-cyclopropyl- butoxy, cyclobutylmethoxy, 1- or 2- cyclobutylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclobutylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-cyclobutylbutoxy, cyclopentylmethoxy, 1- or 2-cyclopentylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclopentylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4- cyclopentylbutoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, 1- or 2- cyclohexylethoxy and 1-, 2- or 3- cyclohexylpropoxy.
  • 'cycloalkylalkoxy' is (C 3-6 )cycloalkyl-(Ci -6 )alkoxy. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkylalkoxy groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 to about 8 carbon atoms with at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl and cyclopentenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkenyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • aryl means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be fused. If the rings are fused, one of the rings must be fully unsaturated and the fused ring(s) may be fully saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated.
  • fused means that a second ring is present (ie, attached or formed) by having two adjacent atoms in common (i.e., shared) with the first ring.
  • fused is equivalent to the term “condensed”.
  • aryl embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all aryl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl group as defined above directly bonded to an alkyl group as defined above, e.g., -CH 2 C 6 Hs or -C 2 H 4 C 6 H 5 . Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all arylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heterocyclic ring refers to a stable 3- to 15-membered ring radical which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the heterocyclic ring radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems and the nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic ring radical may be optionally oxidized to various oxidation states.
  • the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring radical may be partially or fully saturated (i.e., heterocyclic or heteroaryl).
  • heterocyclic ring radicals include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, acridinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzofuranyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, indolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, perhydroazepinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydroisoqinolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2- oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidiny
  • heterocyclic ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclic ring described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclic ring radical as defined above.
  • the heterocyclyl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heterocyclylalkyl refers to a heterocyclic ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group.
  • the heterocyclylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic heterocyclic ring radical.
  • the heteroaryl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heteroaryl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to a heteroaryl ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group.
  • the heteroarylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heteroarylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • treating or “treatment” of a state, disorder or condition includes; (a) preventing or delaying the appearance of clinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition developing in a subject that may be afflicted with or predisposed to the state, disorder or condition but does not yet experience or display clinical or subclinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition; (b) inhibiting the state, disorder or condition, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one clinical or subclinical symptom thereof; or (c) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the state, disorder or condition or at least one of its clinical or subclinical symptoms.
  • subject includes mammals (especially humans) and other animals, such as domestic animals (e.g., household pets including cats and dogs) and non-domestic animals (such as wildlife).
  • domestic animals e.g., household pets including cats and dogs
  • non-domestic animals such as wildlife.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a state, disorder or condition, is sufficient to effect such treatment.
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity arid the age, weight, physical condition and responsiveness of the subject to be treated.
  • Non- limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts forming part of this patent application include salts derived from inorganic bases salts of organic bases, salts of chiral bases, salts of natural amino acids and salts of non-natural amino acids.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention including compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) are capable of existing in stereoisomeric forms (e.g. diastereomers and enantiomers).
  • the present invention includes these stereoisomeric forms (including diastereomers and enantiomers) and mixtures of them.
  • the various stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the present invention may be separated from one another by methods known in the art or a given isomer may be obtained by stereospecific or asymmetric synthesis. Tautomeric forms and mixtures of compounds described herein are also contemplated.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present patent application includes at least one compound described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent).
  • the pharmaceutical composition includes the compound(s) described herein in an amount sufficient to inhibit TRPAl in a subject (e.g., a human).
  • the inhibitory activity of compounds falling within the formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) may be measured by an assay provided below.
  • the compound of the present invention may be associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a carrier or a diluent) or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as a carrier or a diluent
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared by techniques known in the art.
  • the active compound can be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, which may be in the form of an ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container.
  • the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material that acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound.
  • the active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container, for example, in a sachet.
  • compositions may be in conventional forms, for example, capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or products for topical application.
  • the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered to treat any disorder, condition, or disease treatable by inhibition of TRPAl .
  • the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are suitable for treatment or prophylaxis of the following diseases, conditions and disorders mediated or associated with the activity of TRPAl receptors: pain, chronic pain, complex regional pain syndrome, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, osteoarthritic pain, back pain, visceral pain, cancer pain, algesia, neuralgia, migraine, neuropathies, diabetic neuropathy, sciatica, HIV-related neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, fibromyalgia, nerve injury, ischaemia, neurodegeneration, stroke, post stroke pain, multiple sclerosis, respiratory diseases, asthma, cough, COPD, inflammatory disorders, oesophagitis, gastroeosophagal reflux disorder (GERD), irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic hypersensitivity, urinary incon
  • TRPAl The connection between therapeutic effect and inhibition of TRPAl is illustrated, for example, in Story GM et al, Cell, 2003, 1 12, 819-829; McMahon SB and Wood JN, Cell, 2006, 124, 1 123-1 125; Voorhoeve PM et al., Cell, 2006, 124, 1 169-1 181 ; Horbach U, Niemeyer BA and Flockerzi V, Biology of the Cell, 2004, 96, 47-54; Dayne YO, Albert YH & Michael X, Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets, 2007, 1 1(3), 391-401 and the references cited therein.
  • the sensation of pain can be triggered by any number of physical or chemical stimuli and the sensory neurons which mediate the response to this harmful stimulus are termed as "nociceptors".
  • Nociceptors are primary sensory afferent (C and A ⁇ fibers) neurons that are activated by a wide variety of noxious stimuli including chemical, mechanical, thermal and proton (pH ⁇ 6) modalities. Nociceptors are the nerves which sense and respond to parts of the body which suffer from damage. They signal tissue irritation, impending injury, or actual injury. When activated, they transmit pain signals (via the peripheral nerves as well as the spinal cord) to the brain.
  • Nociceptive pain includes tissue injury-induced pain and inflammatory pain such as that associated with arthritis.
  • Neuropathic pain is caused by damage to the sensory nerves of the peripheral or central nervous system and is maintained by aberrant somatosensory processing. The pain is typically well localized, constant and often with an aching or throbbing quality.
  • Visceral pain is the subtype of nociceptive pain that involves the internal organs. It tends to be episodic and poorly localized.
  • Nociceptive pain is usually time limited, meaning when the tissue damage heals, the pain typically resolves (arthritis is a notable exception in that it is not time limited).
  • Nitro derivative of general formula (2) can be prepared by nitration of uracil derivative of formula (1) using mixture of sulphuric acid and fuming nitric acid followed by condensation with DMF-dimethyl acetal in a suitable " solvent (e.g., DMF, THF). Reductive cyclization of compound of formula (2) using 10% Pd-C under hydrogen atmosphere in suitable solvent (e.g., EtOH, MeOH) affords compound of general formula (3).
  • suitable solvent e.g., EtOH, MeOH
  • the intermediate (6) can be prepared by formylation of compound of formula (3) using mixture of phosphorous oxychloride and dimethyl formamide to give compound of formula (7) followed by reductive amination of the formyl group using a suitable amine of formula (5).
  • a suitable base e.g., NaH, K 2 CO 3
  • halopyrrole of general formula (14).
  • suitable solvent e.g., EtOAc
  • suitable halogenating reagent e.g., N- bromosuccinimide, iV-iodosuccinimide, Br 2 in acetic acid
  • Halopyrrole of formula (14) on reaction with allyl boronic acid pinacol ester of the formula (15) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) gives allyl pyrrole of the formula (16) [procedure is similar to the Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling described by Kotha, et al., Synlett, 2005, 12, 1877-1890]. Transformation of allyl pyrrole of formula (16) into corresponding aldehyde can be accomplished by methods known in the art [e.g., Postema, M. H. D.
  • Pyrrolidinone of formula (22) can be converted to halopyrrole of formula (23) (wherein X is halogen) using triflic anhydride or hydrazine followed by iodine.
  • Halopyrrole of formula (23) on reaction with allyl boronic acid pinacol ester of the formula (15) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) gives allyl pyrrole of the formula (24).
  • Transformation of allyl pyrrole of formula (24) to the corresponding aldehyde followed by further oxidation of aldehyde thus formed can be carried out by oxidation methods well known in the literature to give corresponding carboxylic acid of general formula (25).
  • Coupling of carboxylic acid of formula (25) with appropriate amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method gives compounds of general formula (Ic-I).
  • ester of general formula (29) Deoxygenation of ⁇ -keto ester of general formula (28) with triethylsilane in the presence of trifluoroacetic acid affords ester of general formula (29) [similar procedure described by Han, Q. et al., J Med Chem , 2000, 43, 4398-4415]. Acidic hydrolysis of ester of formula (29) gives corresponding carboxylic acid of formula (25). Coupling of carboxylic acid of formula (25) with appropriate amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method give compounds of general formula (Ic-I).
  • the 2-haloacetamides of formula (53) (wherein R z is selected from alkyl, cyano, halogen, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy and arylalkoxy, and 'p' is selected from 0 to 5) required for the synthesis of compound of the present invention can be prepared according to methods known to one skilled in the art (Carroll, L. et al., J. Am Chem Soc, 1950, 72, 3722-3725; Ohkubo, M. et al., Chem Pharm Bull , 1995, 43(9), 1497-1504).
  • this transformation can be carried out using excess thionyl chloride.
  • the acid chloride (47) was converted to corresponding Weinreb amide (48) by treating with jV,O-dimethyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine.
  • a suitable base such as triethylamine.
  • Addition of methyl magnesium iodide to Weinreb amide (48) gives acetophenone derivative of the formula (49).
  • commercially unavailable aryl alkyl ketones were prepared from mono or di-substitued phenol (50) as depicted in Scheme 1 1.
  • acetylation of phenol (50) with acetic anhydride followed by Fries rearrangement of the ester formed in the presence of Lewis acid e.g.
  • the aryl alkyl ketone of the formula (49) is converted to 2-aminothiazole of the formula (52) in one step by its reaction with thiourea in the presence of iodine in ethanol.
  • This conversion is similar to the one described by Carroll, K. et al., J Am Chem Soc. 1950, 3722; and Naik, S., J.; Halkar, U. P., ARKIVOC, 2005, xiii, 141-149.
  • 2-aminothiazoles of the formula (52) can be prepared by the reaction of compounds of formula (49) with bromine in acetic acid to give the alpha halo intermediate, which on reaction with thiourea in THF at reflux condition give compounds of the formula (52).
  • the compound of the formula (52) is converted to 2-bromo-N-thiazolyl acetamide of the formula (53) by acylation with bromoacetyl bromide in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., pyridine or triethylamine) and in a suitable solvent (e.g., THF, DMF).
  • a suitable base e.g., pyridine or triethylamine
  • a suitable solvent e.g., THF, DMF
  • 5-Aryl-lH-imidazol-2-amines of the formula (55) were prepared as shown in Scheme 12.
  • the deacetylation of (54) in the presence of catalytic amount of concentrated sulphuric acid using suitable solvent afforded desired 5-Aryl-lH- imidazol-2-amine of the formula (55). (This is similar to procedure reported by Thomas, L. et al., J Org Chem , 1994, 59, 7299-7305).
  • work-up includes distribution of the reaction mixture between the organic and aqueous phase indicated within parentheses, separation of layers and drying the organic layer over sodium sulphate, filtration and evaporation of the solvent.
  • Purification includes purification by silica gel chromatographic techniques, generally using ethyl acetate/petroleum ether mixture of a suitable polarity as the mobile phase. Use of a different eluent system is indicated within parentheses. The following abbreviations are used in the text: DMSO- ⁇ 6 : Hexadeuterodimethyl sulfoxide; DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide, M.
  • Step 1 l,3,6-Trimethyl-5-nitrouracil: A mixture of concentrated H 2 SO 4 (7.0 mL) and fuming HNO 3 (7.0 mL) was cooled to 0-5 0 C and l,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)- dione (3.5 g, 22.702 mmol) was gradually added to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h. at the same temperature the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 2 l,3-Dimethyl-6-[2-(dimethylamino)vinyl]-5-nitrouracil: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate, l,3,6-Trimethyl-5-nitrouracil (0.60 g, 3.012 mmol) in dry N, N- dimethylformamide (5.0 mL) was added N,7V-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (0.53 g, 4.447 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h.
  • Step 3 l,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-(/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: To a solution of Step 2 intermediate (0.40 g, 1.573 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (0.2 g) and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was filtered through a celite bed and was thoroughly washed with MeOH (50 mL).
  • Step 1 5-Amino-l,3-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of 1,3- dimethyl-5-nitropyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione (2.0 g, 10.802 mmol) in methanol (200 mL), 10% Pd-C (0.500 g) was added under hydrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed and washed with methanol. The filtrate was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1.5 g of the product.
  • Step 2 l,3-Dimethyl-5-(prop-2-yn-l-ylamino)pyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.4 g, 9.023 mmol) in 1:1 mixture of dichloromethane and methanol (28 mL) was added propargyl bromide (1.4 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 500 mg of the product.
  • Step 3 l,3,6-Trimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-£/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: A solution of Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.587 mmol) in dry iV.jV-dimethylformarnide (20 mL) was refiuxed for 40 h under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • Step 1 l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-l//-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidine-7- carbaldehyde: At a temperature of 5-10°C, phosphorous oxychloride (1.84 ml, 20.087 mmol) was mixed with iV.iV-dimethylformamide (2 mL). Then a solution of Intermediate 1 (600 mg, 3.348 mmol) in vV.jV-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added while stirring. The reaction mixture was held for 2 h at 95 0 C, cooled and poured onto ice (10 g).
  • Step 2 l ,3,7-Trimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: To a stirred and cooled (-10 0 C) solution of trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added triethylsilane (294 mg, 2.528 mmol) followed by portionwise addition of Step 1 intermediate (150 mg, 0.723 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed ro room temperature and stirred for another 1 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL). Two layers were seperated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL).
  • Step 1 To a stirred solution of diethyl amine (52 mg, 0.723 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) Intermediate 3, Step 1 (150 mg, 0.723 mmol) was added portionwise followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydried (230 mg, 1.085 mmol) at room temperature.
  • Step 1 l,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- ⁇ 0pyrimidine-2,4(3H,7//)-dione: (374-ABK-023)
  • chloroacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (26.0 g, 208.717 mmol) in water (60 mL)
  • concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred at near boiling until a homogeneous solution was obtained.
  • Solution of sodium acetate (8.0 g, 97.525 mmol) was then added.
  • Step 2 7- [(Dimethylamino)methyl] - 1 ,3 -dimethyl- 1 //-pyrrolo[3 ,2-c/]pyrimidine- 2,4(3H,5H)-dione:
  • sodium hydroxide 3.4 g, 84.830 mmol
  • Step 1 intermediate 7.6 g, 42.415 mmol
  • Dimethyl sulfate (10.7 g, 84.830 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and stirred for another 4 h. Solid was precipitated out and collected by filtration, washed with water.
  • Step 3 Methyl oxo(l,3,7-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- ⁇ /]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetate: To a well stirred solution of oxalyl chloride (1.6 g, 12.939 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added Step 2 intermediate (1.0 g, 5.176 mmol) in small portions at -10 0 C and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The excess of solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was again taken in dichloromethane (10 mL).
  • reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C and dry methanol (10 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 10-15 min.
  • the resulting reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Excess of solvent was evaporated under vacuum.
  • the residue obtained was basified with saturated solution of NaHCO 3 (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL), brine (25 mL) and dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • Step 4 Methyl (1 ,3,7-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- ⁇ yrimidin- 5-yl)acetate: To a stirred solution of triethylsilane (364 mg, 3.133 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (4.0 mL) was added Step 3 intermediate (250 mg, 0.892 mmol) slowly at -10 0 C. The resulting mixture was warmed slowly to room temperature. After overnight stirring at room temperature, excess of solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was neutralized with saturated solution Of NaHCO 3 (15 mL). Two layers were seperated after the addition of ethyl acetate (25 mL).
  • Step 5 (l,3,7-Trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrrolo[2,3-c/]pyrimidin-5- yl)acetic acid: A mixture of Step 4 intermediate (130 mg, 0.491 mmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was heated at 60 0 C for 2 h.
  • Step 1 6-Chloro-l,3-dirnethylpyrimidine-2,4(l//,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of 1,3- dimethylbarbituric acid (20.0 g, 128.09 mmol) in water (10 ml), phosphorous oxychloride (80 ml) was added slowly in externally cooling condition and then the reaction was slowly warmed to room temeperature. After refluxing for 3 h the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 0°C and quenched with ice cold water (350 ml). The reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform (2 x 200 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated.
  • Step 2 6-Hydrazino-l,3-dirnethylpyrirnidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: A mixture of Step 1 intermediate (17 g, 97.34 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (1 19 ml) in isopropyl alcohol (280 ml) were refluxed for 1 h.
  • Step 3 l-Acetyl-3,5,7-trimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione: A mixture of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 47.01 mmol) and acetic anhydride (40 ml) in dry pyridine (78 ml) were refluxed for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to O 0 C and acidified with IN HCl (200 ml).
  • Step 4 3,5,7-Trimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-fi0pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione: Step 3 above intermediate (6.9 g, 29.211 mmol) was refluxed in 1 N sodium hydroxide (69 ml) for 10 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice water and stirred for 2 h. The precipitated solid was collected by filteration and dried to give 5.1 g of the desried product as off-white solid; 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CF 3 CO 2 D): ⁇ 3.05 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
  • Step 5 2,3,5,7-Tetramethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-£/]pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione:
  • a solution of Step 4 intermediate (5.2 g, 26.77 mmol) in 1 N sodium hydroxide (52 ml) was added dimetyl sulphate (5.2 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water and the solid precipitated out was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 3.85 g of the product as off white solid;
  • 1 H NMR 300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): ⁇ 2.59 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
  • Step 6 Methyl (2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4- ⁇ /] pyrimidin-3-yl)acetate: To a stirred solution of Step 5 intermediate (3.8 g, 18.24 mmol) in dimethylcarbonate (91 ml) was added sodium hydride (60 % dispersion in mineral oil, 4.5 g, 187.5 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for overnight.
  • Step 7 (2,5,7-Trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl) acetic acid: A mixture of Step 6 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.755 mmol) and 6 N H 2 SO 4 (9.3 ml) in dioxane (9.3 ml) stirred at reflux temperature for 2 h to give a homogeneous pale yellow solution. This solution was cooled, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated.
  • Step 1 5-Amino-l,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred suspension of 5-nitro-l ,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione (4.2 g, 20.084 mmol) in 1 :1 mixture of methanol and toluene (200 ml) was added 10% Pd-C (1.2 g). The reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature overnight. The mixture was then filtered over a celite bed and was thoroughly washed with methanol (200 ml).
  • Step 2 4,6-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidine-5,7(4//,6//)-dione: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (4.0 g, 23.634 mmol) in a mixture of ice (24 g) and concentrated HCl (5 ml) was added a solution of sodium nitrite (1.42 g, 20.580 mmol) in water (5 ml). The resulting suspension was stirred below 10°C for 30 min.
  • Step 1 ⁇ r - ⁇ 4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l//-imidazol-2-yl ⁇ acetamide: To a stirred solution of 2-bromo-l-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (4.5 g, 15.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (45 ml) was added acetyl guanidine (2.38 g, 23.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred and refluxed for overnight.
  • Step 2 4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-amine: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.1 g, 3.829 mmol) in a mixture of methanol (20 ml) and water (20 ml) was added cone. H 2 SO 4 (2 ml) and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated solution of potassium carnonate was added and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the salt was then treated with saturated solution of NaHCO 3 to re-generate the amine.
  • the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x 50 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the 2-amino-4-aryl-thiazole derivative.
  • 5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-amine used for the preparation of Examples 33, 65 and 84 is purchased from Aldrich.
  • 5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-l,3-benzothiazol-2-amine used for the preparation of Example 66 is also purchased from Aldrich.
  • the illustrative examples of the present invention are screened for TRPAl activity according to a modified procedure described in (a) T ⁇ th, A. et al., Life Sciences, 2003, 73, 487-498. (b) McNamara C, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2007, 104, 13525- 13530.
  • the screening of the compounds can be carried out by other methods and procedures known to persons skilled in the art.
  • TRPAl antagonist using the 43 Calcium uptake assay
  • the inhibition of TRPAl receptor activation was measured as inhibition of allyl isothiocyanate (AITC) induced cellular uptake of radioactive calcium.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to prepare 10 mM stock solution and then diluted using plain medium with 0.1% BSA and 1.8 mM CaCl 2 to get desired concentration. Final concentration of DMSO in the reaction was 0.5% (v/v).
  • Human TRPAl expressing CHO cells were grown in F- 12 DMEM medium with 10% FBS, 1 % penicillin-streptomycin solution, 400 ⁇ g / ml of G-418.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The invention described herein relates to novel fused pyrimidinediones derivatives of formula (I) which are TRPA (Transient Receptor Potential subfamily A) modulators. In particular, compounds described herein are useful for treating or preventing diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by TRPAl (Transient Receptor Potential subfamily A, member 1). This invention also provides processes for preparing compounds described herein, intermediates used in their synthesis, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods for treating or preventing diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by TRPAl. Formula (I)

Description

FUSED PYRIMIDINEDIONE DERIVATIVES AS TRPAl MODULATORS
Related applications
This application claims the benefit of Indian Patent Application Nos. 665/MUM/2009 filed on March 23, 2009; 221 1/MUM/2009 filed on September 23, 2009; 2212/MUM/2009 filed on September 23, 2009; 2891 /MUM/2009 filed on December 15, 2009; 2892/MUM/2009 filed on December 15, 2009 and US Provisional Application Nos 61/171 ,355 filed on April 21, 2009; 61/251,944 filed on October 15, 2009; 61/253,263 filed on October 20, 2009; 61/294,463 filed on January 12, 2010 and 61/300,241 filed on February 01, 2010 all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Technical Field
The present patent application relates to fused pyrimidinedinedione derivatives with transient receptor potential ankyrinl (TRPAl) activity.
Background of the Invention
The transient receptor potential (TRP) channels or receptors are pain receptors. They have been classified into seven subfamilies: TRPC (canonical), TRPV (vanilloid), TRPM (melastatin), TRPP (polycystin), TRPML (mucolipin), TRPA (ankyrin, ANKTMl) and TRPN (NOMPC) families. The TRPC family can be divided into 4 subfamilies (i) TRPCl (ii) TRPC2 (iii) TRPC3, TRPC6, TRPC7 and (iv) TRPC4, TRPC5 based on sequence functional similarities. Currently the TRPV family has 6 members. TRPV5 and TRP V6 are more closely related to each other than to TRPVl, TRP V2, TRPV3 or TRPV4. TRPAl is most closely related to TRPV3 and is more closely related to TRPVl and TRPV2 than to TRPV5 and TRPV6. The TRPM family has 8 members. Constituents include the following: the founding member TRPMl (melastatin or LTRPCl), TRPM3 (KIAA1616 or LTRPC3), TRPM7 (TRP-PLIK, ChaK(l), LTRPC7), TRPM6 (ChaK2), TRPM2 (TRPC7 or LTRPC2), TRPM8 (TRP-p8 or CMRl), TRPM5 (MTRl or LTRPC5) and TRPM4 (FLJ20041 or LTRPC4). The TRPML family consists of the mucolipins, which include TRPMLl (mucolipin 1), TRPML2 (mucolipin 2) and TRPML3 (mucolipin 3). The TRPP family consists of two groups of channels: those predicted to have six transmembrane domains and those that have eleven. TRPP2 (PKD2), TRPP3 (PKD2L1), TRPP5 (PKD2L2) are all predicted to have six transmembrane domains. TRPPl (PKDl, PCl), PKD-REJ and PKD-ILl are all thought to have eleven transmembrane domains. The sole mammalian member of the TRPA family is ANKTMl . It is believed TRPAl is expressed in nociceptive neurons. Nociceptive neurons of the nervous system sense the peripheral damage and transmit pain signals. TRPAl is membrane bound and most likely acts as a heterodimeric voltage gated channel. It is believed to have a particular secondary structure, its N-terminus is lined with a large number of ankyrin repeats which are believed to form a spring-like edifice. TRP Al is activated by a variety of noxious stimuli, including cold temperatures (activated at 17°C), pungent natural compounds (e.g., mustard, cinnamon and garlic) and environmental irritants (MacPherson LJ et al, Nature, 2007, 445; 541-545). Noxious compounds activate TRPAl ion channels through covalent modification of cysteines to form covalently linked adducts. Variety of endogenous molecules produced during tissue inflammation / injury have been identified as pathological activators of TRPAl receptor. These include hydrogen peroxide which is produced due to oxidative stress generated during inflammation, alkenyl aldehyde 4-HNE - an intracellular lipid peroxidation product and cyclopentenone prostaglandin 15dPGJ2 which is produced from PGD2 during inflammation / allergic response. TRPAl is also activated in receptor dependant fashion by Bradykinin (BK) which is released during tissue injury at peripheral terminals
The difference between TRPAl and other TRP receptors is that TRPAl ligand binding persists for hours due to which the physiological response (e.g., pain) is greatly prolonged. Hence to dissociate the electrophile, an effective antagonist is required.
WO 2009/158719, WO 2009/002933, WO 2008/0949099, WO 2007/073505, WO 2004/055054 and WO 2005/089206 describe the TRP channels as the targets for the treatment of pain and related conditions.
In efforts to discover better analgesics for the treatment of both acute and chronic pain and to develop treatments for various neuropathic and nociceptive pain states, there exists a need for a more effective and safe therapeutic treatment of diseases, conditions and/or disorders modulated by TRPA 1.
Summary of the Invention The present invention relates to compounds of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0001
(D or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
Z, is NRa or CRa; Z2 is NRb or CRb; Z3 is N or C; with the proviso that when Z2 is CRb then both Zi and Z3 are not nitrogen at the same time; at each occurance, Ra and Rb which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -(CRxRy)nORx, -CORX, -COOR\ -C0NRxRy, -S(O)mNRxRy, -NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nORx, -(CH2)nNRxRy, -(CH2)nCHRxRy, - (CH2)NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nCONRxRy, -(CH2)nNHCORx, -(CH2)nNH(CH2)nSO2Rx and (CH2)nNHSO2Rx; alternatively either of Ra or Rb is absent;
R1 and R2, which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (CRxRy)nORx, COR", COORX, C0NRxRy, (CH2)nNRxRy, (CH2)nCHRxRy, (CH2)NRxRy and (CH2)nNHC0Rx;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl;
L is a linker selected from -(CRxRy)n-; -O-(CRxRy)n-, -C(O)-, -NRX-, -S(O)01NR"-, -NRx(CRxRy)n- and -S(O)mNRx(CRxRy)n;
U is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of thiazole, isothiazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, pyroles, 1,2,3-triazoles and 1 ,2,4-triazole; and substituted or unsubstituted six membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine, pyridine and pyridazine;
V is selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -NRxRy, halogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl, -C(O)OR", -OR*, -C(0)NRxRy, -C(O)RX and -SO2NRxRy; or U and V together may form an optionally substituted 3 to 7 membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic ring, that may optinally include one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; at each occurrence, Rx and Ry are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl; and at each occurrence 'm' and 'n' are independently selected from 0 to 2, both inclusive.
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000006_0001
(Ia) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R1 and R2 which may be same or different, are independenly selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (CRxRy)nOR\ CORX, COORX, C0NRxRy, (CH2)nNRλRy, (CH2)nCHRλRy, (CH2)NRxRy and (CH2)nNHC0R\
U is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of thiazole, isothiazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, pyroles, 1,2,3-triazoles and 1,2,4-triazole; and substituted or unsubstituted six membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine, pyridine and pyridazine;
V is selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -NRxRy, halogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl, . -C(O)ORX, -ORX, -C(0)NRxRy, -C(O)RX and -S02NRxRy; or U and V together may form an optionally substituted 3 to 7 membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic ring, which may optinally include one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; at each occurance, Ra and Rb which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -(CRxRy)nORx, -C0Rx, -COORX, -C0NRλRy, -S(O)mNRxRy, -NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nORx, -(CH2)nNRxRy, -(CH2)nCHRxRy, - (CH2)NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nCONRxRy, -(CH2)nNHCORx, -(CH2)nNH(CH2)nSO2Rx and (CH2)nNHSO2Rx; at each occurrence, Rx and Ry are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl; at each occurrence 'm' and 'n' are independently selected from 0 to 2, both inclusive.
The embodiments below are illustrative of the present invention and are not intended to limit the claims to the specific embodiments exemplified.
According to another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ia) in which Ra is hydrogen, halogen (for example bromine), alkyl (for example methyl) or alkylaminoalkyl (for example dimethylaminomethyl or diethylaminomethyl).
According to one embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ia) in which Rb is hydrogen or alkyl for example methyl.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ia) in which R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen or alkyl for example methyl.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ia) in which U is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, preferably thiazole or isoxazole.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ia) in which V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In this embodiment the substitutents on phenyl may be one or more are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), haloalkyl (for example CF3), alkoxy (for example methoxy, ethoxy, OCH2CH(CH3)2, OCH2C(CH3)3 or OCH2CH2CH(CH3)2), haloalkoxy (for example OCHF2, OCF3, OCH2CF3, OCH2CH2CF3 or OCH2CH2CF2CF3), cycloalkylalkoxy (for example cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclobutylmethoxy or cyclopentylmethoxy) and, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxy (for example trifluoromethyibenzyloxy) .
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000008_0001
(Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
U, V, R1, R2, Ra and Rb are as defined herein above.
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000008_0002
(Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
U, V, R1, R2, Ra and Rb are as defined herein above.
The embodiments below are illustrative of the present invention and are not intended to limit the claims to the specific embodiments exemplified. According to another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ic) in which Ra is hydrogen or alkyl (for example methyl).
According to one embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ic) in which Rb is hydrogen.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ic) in which R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen or alkyl (for example methyl).
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ic) in which U is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, preferably thiazole.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Ic) in which V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In this embodiment the substitutents on phenyl may be one or more and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), haloalkyl (for example CF3), alkoxy (for example OCH2C(CH3)3 or haloalkoxy (for example OCH2CF3).
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (Id):
Figure imgf000009_0001
(Id) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R1, R2, R , U and V are as defined herein above;
The embodiments below are illustrative of the present invention and are not intended to limit the claims to the specific embodiments exemplified.
According to one embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Id) in which R1 and R2 are alkyl, preferably methyl.
According to another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Id) in which Rb is hydrogen or (Ci-C4) alkyl, preferably methyl. According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Id) in which 'U' is substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycle, preferably thiazole or isoxazole.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Id) in which 'V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In this embodiment the substituents on phenyl may be one or more and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), cyano, alkyl (for example f-butyl or iso- butyl), haloalkyl (for example CF3) and haloalkoxy (for example OCHF2, OCF3 or OCH2CF3).
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (Id) in which U and V together form an optionally substituted fused ring system which may optionally include one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N. In this embodiment the fused ring system is benzothiazole and the optional substituent is haloalkoxy (for example OCF3).
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (Ie):
Figure imgf000010_0001
(Ie) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R1, R2, Ra, U and V are as defined herein above;
According to one embodiment, there is provided a compound of the formula (If):
Figure imgf000010_0002
(if) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R1, R2, Ra, U and V are as defined herein above;
The embodiments below are illustrative of the present invention and are not intended to limit the claims to the specific embodiments exemplified.
According to one embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (If) in which R1 and R2 are methyl.
According to another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (If) in which Ra is hydrogen or (Ci -C4) alkyl.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (If) in which 'U' is substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycle, preferably thiazole or oxazole.
According to yet another embodiment, specifically provided are compounds of the formula (If) in which 'V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably phenyl. In this embodiment one or more substituents on phenyl may be same or different and are independently selected from halogen (for example F, Cl or Br), cyano, alkyl, haloalkyl (for example CF3), alkoxy [for example OCH2CH(CH3)2, OCH2CH2CH(CH3);, or OCH2C(CH3)3],cycloalkylalkoxy (for example cyclobutylmefhoxy) and haloalkoxy (for example OCHF2, OCF3, OCH2CF3 or OCH2CH2CF3).
Particularly contemplated are compounds of the formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) which possess IC50 of less than 250 nM, preferably, less than 100 nM, more preferably, less than 50 nM with respect to TRPAl activity as measured by method as described in the present patent application.
It should be understood that the compounds of the formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) structurally encompasses all stereoisomers, enantiomers and diastereomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts that may be contemplated from the chemical structure of the genera described herein. In accordance with another aspect, the present patent application provides a pharmaceutical composition that includes at least one compound described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent). Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound described herein. The compounds described in the present patent application may be associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a carrier or a diluent) or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein are useful for modulating TRPAl receptors, wherein modulation is believed to be related to a variety of disease states.
In accordance with another aspect, the present patent application further provides a method of inhibiting TRPAl receptors in a subject in need thereof by administering to the subject one or more compounds described herein in the amount effective to cause inhibition of such receptor.
Detailed Description of the Invention Definitions
The terms "halogen" or "halo" includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
The term "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, having from one to eight carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (isopropyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl and 1,1- dimethylethyl (terf-butyl). The term "Ci-6 alkyl" refers to an alkyl chain having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted
The term "alkenyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon- carbon double bond and which may be a straight or branched chain having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), iso-propenyl, 2-methyl-l- propenyl, 1-butenyl and 2-butenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkenyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted. The term "alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms (with radicals having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms being preferred) e.g., ethynyl, propynyl and butynyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkynyl groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "alkoxy" refers to a straight or branched, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon radical bonded to an oxygen atom that is attached to a core structure. Examples of alkoxy groups include but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, 3-methyl butoxy and the like. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all alkoxy groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "haloalkyl" and "haloalkoxy" means alkyl or alkoxy, as the case may be, substituted with one or more halogen atoms, where alkyl and alkoxy groups are as defined above. The term "halo" is used herein interchangeably with the term "halogen" means F, Cl, Br or I. Examples of "haloalkyl" include but are not limited to trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentachloroethyl 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, 1-bromoethyl and the like. Examples of "haloalkoxy" include but are not limited to fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, pentachloroethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichlorormethoxy, trichloromethoxy, 1 -bromoethoxy and the like. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all "haloalkyl" and "haloalkoxy" groups described herein may be straight chain or branched, substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "cycloalkyl" denotes a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system of 3 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. Examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, perhydronapththyl, adamantyl and norbornyl groups, bridged cyclic groups or sprirobicyclic groups, e.g., spiro(4,4) non-2-yl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 to about 8 carbon atoms directly attached to an alkyl group. The cycloalkylalkyl group may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. Non-limiting examples of such groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl and cyclopentylethyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "cycloalkylalkoxy" is used to denote alkoxy substituted with cycloalkyl, wherein 'alkoxy' and 'cycloalkyl' are as defined above (either in the broadest aspect or a preferred aspect). Examples of cycloalkylalkoxy groups include cyclopropylmethoxy, 1- or 2-cyclopropylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclopropylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-cyclopropyl- butoxy, cyclobutylmethoxy, 1- or 2- cyclobutylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclobutylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-cyclobutylbutoxy, cyclopentylmethoxy, 1- or 2-cyclopentylethoxy, 1-, 2- or 3- cyclopentylpropoxy, 1-, 2-, 3- or 4- cyclopentylbutoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, 1- or 2- cyclohexylethoxy and 1-, 2- or 3- cyclohexylpropoxy. Preferably, 'cycloalkylalkoxy' is (C3-6)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkoxy. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkylalkoxy groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 to about 8 carbon atoms with at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl and cyclopentenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all cycloalkenyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "aryl" means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be fused. If the rings are fused, one of the rings must be fully unsaturated and the fused ring(s) may be fully saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated. The term "fused" means that a second ring is present (ie, attached or formed) by having two adjacent atoms in common (i.e., shared) with the first ring. The term "fused" is equivalent to the term "condensed". The term "aryl" embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all aryl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "arylalkyl" refers to an aryl group as defined above directly bonded to an alkyl group as defined above, e.g., -CH2C6Hs or -C2H4C6H5. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all arylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "heterocyclic ring" refers to a stable 3- to 15-membered ring radical which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and sulfur. For purposes of this invention, the heterocyclic ring radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems and the nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic ring radical may be optionally oxidized to various oxidation states. In addition, the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring radical may be partially or fully saturated (i.e., heterocyclic or heteroaryl). Examples of such heterocyclic ring radicals include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, acridinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzofuranyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, indolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, perhydroazepinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydroisoqinolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2- oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, 4- piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, triazolyl, indanyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, moφholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, quinuclidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, dioxaphospholanyl, oxadiazolyl, chromanyl and isochromanyl. The heterocyclic ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclic ring described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a heterocyclic ring radical as defined above. The heterocyclyl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to a heterocyclic ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heterocyclylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heterocyclylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic heterocyclic ring radical. The heteroaryl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heteroaryl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to a heteroaryl ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heteroarylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure. Unless set forth or recited to the contrary, all heteroarylalkyl groups described herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "substituted" as used herein refers to substitution with any one or more or any combination of the following substituents: hydroxy, halogen, carboxyl, cyano, nitro, oxo (=0), thio (=S), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted haloalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstiuted guanidine, -COORX', -C(O)R"', -C(S)RX', -C(0)NRxRy', -C(0)0NRxRy', -NRxC0NRyRz', - N(Rv)SORy', -N(Rλ')SO2Ry', -(=N-N(Rx')Ry), -NRxC(0)0Ry, -NRxRy', -NRxC(0)Ry', - NRxC(S)Ry', -NRxC(S)NRylRz', -SONRxRy', -S02NRxRy', -OR*', -0RxC(0)NRyR2', - ORxC(O)ORyl, -OC(O)R"', -OC(O)NRxRy', -RxNRyC(O)Rz', -RxORy', -RxC(O)ORy', - Rx'C(0)NRyRz', -RxC(O)Ry[, -RxOC(O)Ry', -SRX', -SORX', -SO2RX' and -ONO2, wherein Rx' Ry and Rz are independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
The term "treating" or "treatment" of a state, disorder or condition includes; (a) preventing or delaying the appearance of clinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition developing in a subject that may be afflicted with or predisposed to the state, disorder or condition but does not yet experience or display clinical or subclinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition; (b) inhibiting the state, disorder or condition, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one clinical or subclinical symptom thereof; or (c) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the state, disorder or condition or at least one of its clinical or subclinical symptoms.
The term "subject" includes mammals (especially humans) and other animals, such as domestic animals (e.g., household pets including cats and dogs) and non-domestic animals (such as wildlife).
A "therapeutically effective amount" means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a state, disorder or condition, is sufficient to effect such treatment. The "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity arid the age, weight, physical condition and responsiveness of the subject to be treated.
The compounds described in the present patent application may form salts. Non- limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts forming part of this patent application include salts derived from inorganic bases salts of organic bases, salts of chiral bases, salts of natural amino acids and salts of non-natural amino acids.
Certain compounds of the present invention, including compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) are capable of existing in stereoisomeric forms (e.g. diastereomers and enantiomers). The present invention includes these stereoisomeric forms (including diastereomers and enantiomers) and mixtures of them. The various stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the present invention may be separated from one another by methods known in the art or a given isomer may be obtained by stereospecific or asymmetric synthesis. Tautomeric forms and mixtures of compounds described herein are also contemplated.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The pharmaceutical composition of the present patent application includes at least one compound described herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent). Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition includes the compound(s) described herein in an amount sufficient to inhibit TRPAl in a subject (e.g., a human). The inhibitory activity of compounds falling within the formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) may be measured by an assay provided below.
The compound of the present invention may be associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a carrier or a diluent) or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. The pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared by techniques known in the art. For example, the active compound can be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, which may be in the form of an ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material that acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound. The active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container, for example, in a sachet.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in conventional forms, for example, capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or products for topical application.
Methods of Treatment
The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered to treat any disorder, condition, or disease treatable by inhibition of TRPAl . For instance, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are suitable for treatment or prophylaxis of the following diseases, conditions and disorders mediated or associated with the activity of TRPAl receptors: pain, chronic pain, complex regional pain syndrome, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, osteoarthritic pain, back pain, visceral pain, cancer pain, algesia, neuralgia, migraine, neuropathies, diabetic neuropathy, sciatica, HIV-related neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, fibromyalgia, nerve injury, ischaemia, neurodegeneration, stroke, post stroke pain, multiple sclerosis, respiratory diseases, asthma, cough, COPD, inflammatory disorders, oesophagitis, gastroeosophagal reflux disorder (GERD), irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic hypersensitivity, urinary incontinence, cystitis, burns, psoriasis, eczema, emesis, stomach duodenal ulcer and pruritus. The connection between therapeutic effect and inhibition of TRPAl is illustrated, for example, in Story GM et al, Cell, 2003, 1 12, 819-829; McMahon SB and Wood JN, Cell, 2006, 124, 1 123-1 125; Voorhoeve PM et al., Cell, 2006, 124, 1 169-1 181 ; Wissenbach U, Niemeyer BA and Flockerzi V, Biology of the Cell, 2004, 96, 47-54; Dayne YO, Albert YH & Michael X, Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets, 2007, 1 1(3), 391-401 and the references cited therein.
Pain can be acute or chronic. While acute pain is usually self-limiting, chronic pain persists for 3 months or longer and can lead to significant changes in a patient's personality; lifestyle, functional ability and overall quality of life (K. M. Foley, Pain, in Cecil Textbook of Medicine; J. C. Bennett & F. Plum (eds.), 20th ed., 1996, 100-107). The sensation of pain can be triggered by any number of physical or chemical stimuli and the sensory neurons which mediate the response to this harmful stimulus are termed as "nociceptors". Nociceptors are primary sensory afferent (C and Aδ fibers) neurons that are activated by a wide variety of noxious stimuli including chemical, mechanical, thermal and proton (pH<6) modalities. Nociceptors are the nerves which sense and respond to parts of the body which suffer from damage. They signal tissue irritation, impending injury, or actual injury. When activated, they transmit pain signals (via the peripheral nerves as well as the spinal cord) to the brain.
Chronic pain can be classified as either nociceptive or neuropathic. Nociceptive pain includes tissue injury-induced pain and inflammatory pain such as that associated with arthritis. Neuropathic pain is caused by damage to the sensory nerves of the peripheral or central nervous system and is maintained by aberrant somatosensory processing. The pain is typically well localized, constant and often with an aching or throbbing quality. Visceral pain is the subtype of nociceptive pain that involves the internal organs. It tends to be episodic and poorly localized. Nociceptive pain is usually time limited, meaning when the tissue damage heals, the pain typically resolves (arthritis is a notable exception in that it is not time limited).
General Methods of Preparation The compounds described herein, including compounds of general formula (I),
(Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie) and (If) and specific examples, can be prepared by techniques known to one in the art, for example, through the reaction scheme depicted in Schemes 1 - 12. Furthermore, in the following schemes, where specific acids, bases, reagents, coupling agents, solvents etc. are mentioned, it is understood that other suitable acids, bases, reagents, coupling agents etc. may be used and are included within the scope of the present invention. Modifications to reaction conditions, for example, temperature, duration of the reaction or combinations thereof are envisioned as part of the present invention. The compounds obtained by using the general reaction scheme may be of insufficient purity. These compounds can be purified by any of the methods for purification of organic compounds known in the art, for example, crystallization or silica gel or alumina column chromatography using different solvents in suitable ratios. All possible stereo isomers are envisioned within the scope of this invention.
An approach for the synthesis of 2,4-dioxo- 1,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo [3,2- </jpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide of the general formula (Ia-I) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is depicted in Scheme 1. The starting substituted uracil derivative of formula (1), wherein R1 and R2 are alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl) are available commercially or can be prepared by reaction of 1,3-dialkylurea and acetic anhydride or by condensation of monosubstituted urea and ethyl acetoacetate according to methods known in the art (Egg, H. et al. Synthesis, 1982, 1071-1073; Senda S. et al. Chem. Pharm. Bull, 1972, 6, 404-408). Nitro derivative of general formula (2) can be prepared by nitration of uracil derivative of formula (1) using mixture of sulphuric acid and fuming nitric acid followed by condensation with DMF-dimethyl acetal in a suitable "solvent (e.g., DMF, THF). Reductive cyclization of compound of formula (2) using 10% Pd-C under hydrogen atmosphere in suitable solvent (e.g., EtOH, MeOH) affords compound of general formula (3). Alkylation of compound of formula (3) using appropriate electrophile of a general formula (4) [prepared from haloacetyl halide and appropriate substituted amine as described in Ohkubo M. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull , 1995, 43(9), 1497-1504] in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., NaH, K2CO3) affords compound of general formula (Ia-
I)-
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000020_0001
(Ia-D (3)
An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ia-2) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is depicted in Scheme 2. Compounds of general formula (3) is converted to a compound of formula (6) by using suitable amine of formula (5) [wherein R and R' are alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl)] and formaldehyde as described by Tsupak, E. B. et al. in Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, 1994, 30(9), 1077-1082. Alternatively, the intermediate (6) can be prepared by formylation of compound of formula (3) using mixture of phosphorous oxychloride and dimethyl formamide to give compound of formula (7) followed by reductive amination of the formyl group using a suitable amine of formula (5). Alkylation of compound of formula (6) using appropriate electophile of a general formula (4) in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., NaH, K2CO3) affords compounds of general formula (Ia-2).
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000021_0001
An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ia-3) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is also depicted in Scheme 2. Deoxygention of formyl pyrrole of formula (7) with suitable reducing system (e.g., triethylsilane/trifluoroacetic acid) affords methyl pyrrole of formula (8). Alkylation of compound of formula (8) using appropriate electophile of a general formula (4) in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., NaH, K2CO3) affords compounds of the general formula (Ia-3).
An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ia-4) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is also depicted in Scheme 3. Halogenation of compound of formula (3) with suitable halogenating agent (e.g., N-bromosuccinimide, ΛModosuccinimide, bromine) gives corresponding halogenated compound of formula (9). Alkylation of compound of formula (9) using appropriate electrophile of a general formula (4) in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., NaH, K2CO3) affords compounds of general formula (Ia-4).
Scheme 3
V-U-HNCOCH2X halogenation (4) base, solvent
Figure imgf000021_0003
Figure imgf000021_0002
Figure imgf000021_0004
(3) (9) (Ia-4) X = halogen An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ia-5) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is also depicted in Scheme 4. 1,3,6-trimethyl- lH-pyrrolo[3,2-^pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5/7)-dione of the formula (12) can be prepared by the reaction of 5-amino-l,3-dimethyluracil of the formula (10) with propargyl bromide in a suitable solvent such as MeOH followed by cyclizatin of the intermediate (11) at elevated temperature as described in Townsend, L. B. et al., J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1975, 12, 71 1-716 and Kawahara, N. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull, 1985, 33(11), 4740-4748. Alkylation of compound of formula (12) with an appropriate electrophile of a general formula (4) affords compounds of general formula (Ia-5).
Scheme 4
O O Η
R^NΛV NΗ2 propargyl bromide R^ N \- U ^^
R2 R2
(10) (H)
Figure imgf000022_0001
A general approach for the synthesis of 2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,6-tetrahydro-lH- pyrrolo[3,4-</]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide of the general formula (Ib-I) where R1, R2, Rb, U and V are as defined herein above is depicted in Scheme 5. The formyl derivative of formula (13) can be prepared by formylation of uracil derivative of formula (1) [Senda, S. et al , Yakugaku Zasshi, 1971, 91, 1372] followed by bromination of formyl derivative thus formed. Cyclization of formyl derivative of formula (13) [as described in Senda, S. et al , Synthesis, 1978, 463-465] with amine of the formula (19) in suitable solvent (e.g., EtOAc) followed by halogenation using suitable halogenating reagent (e.g., N- bromosuccinimide, iV-iodosuccinimide, Br2 in acetic acid) gives halopyrrole of general formula (14). Halopyrrole of formula (14) on reaction with allyl boronic acid pinacol ester of the formula (15) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) gives allyl pyrrole of the formula (16) [procedure is similar to the Suzuki-Miyaura Coupling described by Kotha, et al., Synlett, 2005, 12, 1877-1890]. Transformation of allyl pyrrole of formula (16) into corresponding aldehyde can be accomplished by methods known in the art [e.g., Postema, M. H. D. et al., in J Org. Chem., 2003, 68, 4748-4754]. Further oxidation of aldehyde thus formed can be carried out by oxidation methods well known in the literature to give corresponding carboxylic acid of general formula (17). Coupling of carboxylic acid (17) with appropriate amines of formula (18) using a standard amide coupling method gives compounds of general formula (Ib-I).
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000023_0001
(Ib-I ) (17) (16)
A general approach for the synthesis of 2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH- pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide of the general formula (Ic-I) where Ra is an alkyl group, R , R2, U and V are as defined above is depicted in Scheme 6. Reaction of 6- chlorouracil derivative of the formula (20) with amino ester of formula (21) followed by cyclization gives pyrrolidinone of formula (22) [Similar procedure described by Edstrom, E. D. et al., J Org Chem., 1995, 60, 5069-5076]. Pyrrolidinone of formula (22) can be converted to halopyrrole of formula (23) (wherein X is halogen) using triflic anhydride or hydrazine followed by iodine. Halopyrrole of formula (23) on reaction with allyl boronic acid pinacol ester of the formula (15) in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride or tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) gives allyl pyrrole of the formula (24). Transformation of allyl pyrrole of formula (24) to the corresponding aldehyde followed by further oxidation of aldehyde thus formed can be carried out by oxidation methods well known in the literature to give corresponding carboxylic acid of general formula (25). Coupling of carboxylic acid of formula (25) with appropriate amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method gives compounds of general formula (Ic-I).
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000024_0001
An alternative approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ic-I) is described in Scheme 7. Reaction of commercially available 6-aminouracil derivative of the formula (26) with chloroacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal gives pyrrole derivative (as described by Noell, C. W. et al., J Het. Chem , 1964, 34-41) which upon alkylation with appropriate alkylating agent (RaX) gives compound of formula (27). Copmound of formula (27) can be converted into α-keto ester of general formula (28) using oxalyl chloride followed by reaction of acid chloride thus formed with anhydrous protic solvent (e.g., methanol, ethanol, tørt-butanol). Deoxygenation of α-keto ester of general formula (28) with triethylsilane in the presence of trifluoroacetic acid affords ester of general formula (29) [similar procedure described by Han, Q. et al., J Med Chem , 2000, 43, 4398-4415]. Acidic hydrolysis of ester of formula (29) gives corresponding carboxylic acid of formula (25). Coupling of carboxylic acid of formula (25) with appropriate amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method give compounds of general formula (Ic-I).
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000024_0002
(lc-1) (25) (29) An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Id-I) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is depicted in Scheme 8. The synthesis starts from known 6-hydrazino-l,3-dimethyluracil (30) which is readily prepared by the displacement of halogen of 6-chloro-l,3-dialkyuracil of the formula (20) with hydrazine hydrate according to the known procedure. The cyclisation of compound of the formula (30) with acetic anhydride gave pyrazole of the formula (31). The deacetylation followed by selective N-alkylation of pyrazole (31) with dimethyl sulfate afforded compounds of the formula (33) (Pfleiderer, W. et al., Justus Liebigs Ann Chem. 1958, 615, 42-47). The reaction of compound of formula (33) with dimethyl carbonate in presence of a strong base (e.g. NaH) under reflux conditions gives ester of the formula (34). Hydrolysis of ester (34) with aqueous acid afforded the desired pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidinedione acetic acid of the formula (35). The coupling of compound of formula (35) with respective amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method gives compounds of general formula (Id-I).
Scheme 8
1 N NaOHr reflux
Figure imgf000025_0001
(20) (30) (31 )
Figure imgf000025_0002
(35) (Id-I)
An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Ie) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is also depicted in Scheme 9. Synthesis starts from readily available 1,3-dialkylbarbituric acid of the formula (36). The known 6- chloro-5-formyl-l,3-dimethyluracil of formula (37) wherein R1 and R2 are methyl is prepared according to a reported procedure (Singh, J. S. et al., Synthesis, 1988, 342-344). The reaction of 6-chloro-5-formyl-l,3-dimethyluracil (37) with hydroxylamine in methanol followed by dehydration with phosphorous oxychloride give 6-chloro-5-cyano- 1,3-dimethyluracil of formula (38). The cyclisation of compounds of the formula (38) with alkylhydrazine of the formula (39) in the presence of suitable base afforded amino pyrazole of the formula (40). The amino pyrazole (40) on diazotization followed by halide substitution with copper halide (such as copper bromide or copper iodide) gives a halide derivative of the formula (41) (wherein X is halogen). Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction of aryl halide of formula (41) with allyl boronic acid pinacol ester of the formula (15) as described by Kotha et al., Synlett, 2005, 12, 1877-1890) gives allyl pyrazole of the formula (42). This can be converted to pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidinylacetic acid of the formula (43) by oxidative cleavage methods well known in the literature. The coupling of carboxylic acid of the formula (43) with respective amines of formula (18) by using a standard amide coupling method can give compounds of general formula (Ie).
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000026_0001
(43) (Ie)
An approach for the synthesis of compounds of the general formula (If-I) where R1, R2, U and V are as defined herein above is depicted in Scheme 10. The approach described is similar to that described by Papesch, P. et al., J Org. Chem., 1965, 30, 199- 203. Compound of the formula (44) was prepared by nitration of pyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)- dione of the formula (1) followed by reduction (Egg, Η. et al., Synthesis, 1982, 12, 1071- 1073). The compound of the formula (44) was transformed into the compound of the formula (45) by diazotization followed by in situ cyclisation with base (eg. NaOH). The compound of the formula (45) on alkylation with suitable 2-halo-acetamide of general formula (4) in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. Cs2CO3, NaH etc.) and a suitable solvent (e.g. DMF, THF, DMSO etc.) gives compound of general formula (If-I). Scheme 10
Figure imgf000027_0001
(45) (If-I)
The 2-haloacetamides of formula (53) (wherein Rz is selected from alkyl, cyano, halogen, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy and arylalkoxy, and 'p' is selected from 0 to 5) required for the synthesis of compound of the present invention can be prepared according to methods known to one skilled in the art (Carroll, L. et al., J. Am Chem Soc, 1950, 72, 3722-3725; Ohkubo, M. et al., Chem Pharm Bull , 1995, 43(9), 1497-1504). Thus, acylation of an aryl, heteroaryl or aryl alkyl amine with bromoacetyl bromide in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine or pyridine gives N- substituted bromoacetamide of the general formula (53) (Scheme 11).
A few of aniline derivatives, arylalkylamines and 2-amino-4-arylthiazoles (52) were commercially available. Many of the disubstituted and tri substituted arylaminothiazoles were prepared from appropriate aryl alkyl ketones. Commercially unavailable aryl alkyl ketones were prepared from the corresponding benzoic acids as shown in Scheme 1 1. Substituted benzoic acid of the formula (46) was converted to the corresponding acetophenone in three steps as shown in Scheme 1 1. Thus, acid (46) was converted to the corresponding acid chloride (47) using oxalyl chloride in the presence of catalytic amounts of DMF in dry dichloromethane. Alternatively, this transformation can be carried out using excess thionyl chloride. The acid chloride (47) was converted to corresponding Weinreb amide (48) by treating with jV,O-dimethyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine. Addition of methyl magnesium iodide to Weinreb amide (48) gives acetophenone derivative of the formula (49). In addition, commercially unavailable aryl alkyl ketones were prepared from mono or di-substitued phenol (50) as depicted in Scheme 1 1. Thus, acetylation of phenol (50) with acetic anhydride followed by Fries rearrangement of the ester formed in the presence of Lewis acid (e.g. AlCl3) affords corresponding hydroxyacetophenone of general formula (51). Alkylation of hydroxyacetophenone of general formula (51) with suitable alkyl halide in suitable base (e.g., NaH, Cs2COj) and suitable solvent (e.g., DMSO, THF, DMF) gives acetophenone derivative of general formula (49).
The aryl alkyl ketone of the formula (49) is converted to 2-aminothiazole of the formula (52) in one step by its reaction with thiourea in the presence of iodine in ethanol. This conversion is similar to the one described by Carroll, K. et al., J Am Chem Soc. 1950, 3722; and Naik, S., J.; Halkar, U. P., ARKIVOC, 2005, xiii, 141-149. Alternatively, 2-aminothiazoles of the formula (52) can be prepared by the reaction of compounds of formula (49) with bromine in acetic acid to give the alpha halo intermediate, which on reaction with thiourea in THF at reflux condition give compounds of the formula (52). The compound of the formula (52) is converted to 2-bromo-N-thiazolyl acetamide of the formula (53) by acylation with bromoacetyl bromide in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., pyridine or triethylamine) and in a suitable solvent (e.g., THF, DMF).
Scheme 11
COOH rø
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0002
RX, base, solvent
Figure imgf000028_0003
5-Aryl-lH-imidazol-2-amines of the formula (55) were prepared as shown in Scheme 12. The reaction of acetophenones of the formula (49) (wherein Rz and ςp' are as defined above in scheme 11) with bromine in acetic acid to give the alpha bromo intermediate, which on reaction with acetyl guanidine in acetonitrile at reflux condition give compounds of the formula (54). The deacetylation of (54) in the presence of catalytic amount of concentrated sulphuric acid using suitable solvent afforded desired 5-Aryl-lH- imidazol-2-amine of the formula (55). (This is similar to procedure reported by Thomas, L. et al., J Org Chem , 1994, 59, 7299-7305). Scheme 12
(R )P (R%
Figure imgf000029_0001
The intermediates and examples described in the present invention are prepared using the procedure described below. However, it is understood that these intermediates and examples can be prepared by alternate approaches which are within the scope of the present invention.
EXPERIMENTAL
Unless otherwise stated, work-up includes distribution of the reaction mixture between the organic and aqueous phase indicated within parentheses, separation of layers and drying the organic layer over sodium sulphate, filtration and evaporation of the solvent. Purification, unless otherwise mentioned, includes purification by silica gel chromatographic techniques, generally using ethyl acetate/petroleum ether mixture of a suitable polarity as the mobile phase. Use of a different eluent system is indicated within parentheses. The following abbreviations are used in the text: DMSO-^6: Hexadeuterodimethyl sulfoxide; DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide, M. P.: Melting point; J: Coupling constant in units of Hz; RT or rt: room temperature (22-260C). Aq.: aqueous AcOEt: ethyl acetate; equiv. or eq.: equivalents.
Intermediate 1 l ,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrroIo[3,2-<φyrimidine-2,4(3H,5//)-dione:
Figure imgf000029_0002
Step 1 l,3,6-Trimethyl-5-nitrouracil: A mixture of concentrated H2SO4 (7.0 mL) and fuming HNO3 (7.0 mL) was cooled to 0-50C and l,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)- dione (3.5 g, 22.702 mmol) was gradually added to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h. at the same temperature the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography to give 1.30 g of the product as yellow solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300-MHz, DMSO-J6) 2.38 (s,~3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H); APCI-MS (m/z) 198.30 (M-H).
Step 2 l,3-Dimethyl-6-[2-(dimethylamino)vinyl]-5-nitrouracil: To a solution of Step 1 intermediate, l,3,6-Trimethyl-5-nitrouracil (0.60 g, 3.012 mmol) in dry N, N- dimethylformamide (5.0 mL) was added N,7V-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (0.53 g, 4.447 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. After this time, diethyl ether was added to the reaction mixture and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with diethyl ether to give 0.45 g of the product as brownish solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 2.98 (s, 6H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 4.78 (d, J = 12.6 Hz, IH), 7.05 (d, J= 12.6 Hz, IH) ; APCI-MS (m/z) 255.1 1 (M+H)+. Step 3 l,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-(/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: To a solution of Step 2 intermediate (0.40 g, 1.573 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was added 10% Pd-C (0.2 g) and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was filtered through a celite bed and was thoroughly washed with MeOH (50 mL). The filtrate was collected and evaporated and the residue thus obtained was purified by column chromatography to afford 0.120 g of the desired compund as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 6.17 (s, IH), 7.25 (s, IH), 12.09 (s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 180.28 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 2 l ,3,6-Trimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-(/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5//)-dione
O u
CH3
Step 1 5-Amino-l,3-dimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of 1,3- dimethyl-5-nitropyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione (2.0 g, 10.802 mmol) in methanol (200 mL), 10% Pd-C (0.500 g) was added under hydrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed and washed with methanol. The filtrate was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1.5 g of the product.
Step 2 l,3-Dimethyl-5-(prop-2-yn-l-ylamino)pyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.4 g, 9.023 mmol) in 1:1 mixture of dichloromethane and methanol (28 mL) was added propargyl bromide (1.4 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 500 mg of the product.
Step 3 l,3,6-Trimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-£/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: A solution of Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.587 mmol) in dry iV.jV-dimethylformarnide (20 mL) was refiuxed for 40 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The excess of solvent was evaporated and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography by using 5 % methanol in chloroform to obtain 200 mg of the product as a yellow solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSCwZ6) 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 5.91 (s, IH), 11.84 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 194.28 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 3 1 ,3,7-Trimethyl- lH-pyrrolo[3,2-^]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione
CH3 CH3
Step 1 l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-l//-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidine-7- carbaldehyde: At a temperature of 5-10°C, phosphorous oxychloride (1.84 ml, 20.087 mmol) was mixed with iV.iV-dimethylformamide (2 mL). Then a solution of Intermediate 1 (600 mg, 3.348 mmol) in vV.jV-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added while stirring. The reaction mixture was held for 2 h at 950C, cooled and poured onto ice (10 g). The precipitate formed was filtered off and recrystallised from water to give 300 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 8.06 (s, IH), 9.79 (s, IH), 13.15 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 208.20 (M+H)+. Step 2 l ,3,7-Trimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione: To a stirred and cooled (-100C) solution of trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added triethylsilane (294 mg, 2.528 mmol) followed by portionwise addition of Step 1 intermediate (150 mg, 0.723 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed ro room temperature and stirred for another 1 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and water (25 mL). Two layers were seperated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give 110 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSOd6) 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 7.03 (s, IH), 11.75 (br s, IH); APCI-MS {m/z) 194.28 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 4 7-Bromo-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-^]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)-dione
Figure imgf000032_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 1 (500 mg, 2.800 mmol) in acetic acid (5 mL) was added a solution of bromine (430 mg, 2.700 mmol) in acetic acid (5 mL) dropwise with stirring, after which water (1.2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 20 min and diluted with two volumes of cold water. After 3 h, the precipitate was filtered off and washed with diethyl ether to afford 400 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSOd6) 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 7.42 (s, IH), 12.59 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 258.19 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 5
7-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(3H,5H)- dione
I CH2N(CH3)2 L>ri3
To a mixture of 50% dimethyl amine (0.4 mL), acetic acid (0.4 mL) and 38% formaldehyde (0.4 mL) were added, after which Intermediate 1 (0.4 g, 2.232 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 10 min and then held for 20 min at 900C. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (25 mL). Two layers were seperated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a crude product which was recrystalised from acetonitrile to give 97 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSOd6) 2.08 (s, 6H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 7.13 (s, IH), 1 1.93 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 237.00 (M+H)+. Intermediate 6 7-[(Diethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[3,2-cflpyrimidine-2,4(3H,5//)-dione
Figure imgf000033_0001
To a stirred solution of diethyl amine (52 mg, 0.723 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) Intermediate 3, Step 1 (150 mg, 0.723 mmol) was added portionwise followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydried (230 mg, 1.085 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 24 h, the excess of solvent was evaporated and the crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography by using 1 % methanol in chloroform to afford 130 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 0.93 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H), 2.40-2.56 (m, 4H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 7.18 (s, IH), 11.92 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 265.00 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 7 (l,3,7-Trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000033_0002
Step 1 l,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-ύ0pyrimidine-2,4(3H,7//)-dione: (374-ABK-023) To a stirred solution of chloroacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (26.0 g, 208.717 mmol) in water (60 mL) concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred at near boiling until a homogeneous solution was obtained. Solution of sodium acetate (8.0 g, 97.525 mmol) was then added. The resulting mixture was then added to a stirred solution consisting of 6-amino- 1,3 -dimethyl uracil (20.0 g, 128.907 mmol) and sodium acetate (16.0 g, 195.051) in water (100 mL) at 90°C. All solid material was dissolved, then after 10 min. a precipitate was started to form. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 30 min. at the same temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and solid obtained was filtered, washed with water (2 x 250 mL) and then acetone (2 x 150 mL). The solid obtained was dried in oven at 65°C to obtain 7.81 g of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-c/6) 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 6.35 (s, IH), 6.77 (s, IH), 11.71 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 180.25 (M+H)+.
Step 2 7- [(Dimethylamino)methyl] - 1 ,3 -dimethyl- 1 //-pyrrolo[3 ,2-c/]pyrimidine- 2,4(3H,5H)-dione: To a stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (3.4 g, 84.830 mmol) in water (80 mL) was added Step 1 intermediate (7.6 g, 42.415 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Dimethyl sulfate (10.7 g, 84.830 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and stirred for another 4 h. Solid was precipitated out and collected by filtration, washed with water. The crude solid obtained was purified by column chromatography by using 3% methanol in chloroform to obtain 5.4 g of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.32 (s, IH), 6.69-(s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 194.21 (M+H)+. Step 3 Methyl oxo(l,3,7-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- </]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetate: To a well stirred solution of oxalyl chloride (1.6 g, 12.939 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added Step 2 intermediate (1.0 g, 5.176 mmol) in small portions at -100C and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The excess of solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was again taken in dichloromethane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C and dry methanol (10 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 10-15 min. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Excess of solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was basified with saturated solution of NaHCO3 (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL), brine (25 mL) and dried (Na2SO4). The crude product obtained after evaporation of the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography by using 5% methanol in chloroform to give 1.1 g of the product as a pale yellow solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 6.29 (s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 266.23 (M+H)+. Step 4 Methyl (1 ,3,7-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-<φyrimidin- 5-yl)acetate: To a stirred solution of triethylsilane (364 mg, 3.133 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (4.0 mL) was added Step 3 intermediate (250 mg, 0.892 mmol) slowly at -100C. The resulting mixture was warmed slowly to room temperature. After overnight stirring at room temperature, excess of solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was neutralized with saturated solution Of NaHCO3 (15 mL). Two layers were seperated after the addition of ethyl acetate (25 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 mL) and brine (25 mL). The crude product obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography by using 20 % ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give 147 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-J6) 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.72 (m, 8H), 6.29 (s, IH), 12.62 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 252.38 (M+H)+. Step 5 (l,3,7-Trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrrolo[2,3-c/]pyrimidin-5- yl)acetic acid: A mixture of Step 4 intermediate (130 mg, 0.491 mmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (4 mL) was heated at 600C for 2 h. The excess of hydrochloric acid was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% methanol in chloroform to obtain 94 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.72 (m, 8H), 6.29 (s, IH), 12.62 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 252.38 (M+H)+.
Intermediate 8
2,5,7-Trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-cflpyrimidin-3-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000035_0001
Step 1 6-Chloro-l,3-dirnethylpyrimidine-2,4(l//,3H)-dione: To a stirred solution of 1,3- dimethylbarbituric acid (20.0 g, 128.09 mmol) in water (10 ml), phosphorous oxychloride (80 ml) was added slowly in externally cooling condition and then the reaction was slowly warmed to room temeperature. After refluxing for 3 h the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 0°C and quenched with ice cold water (350 ml). The reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform (2 x 200 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 ml), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue obtained was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in chloroform to obtain 21 g of the product as a pale brown solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz , CDCl3) δ 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 5.94 (s, IH).
Step 2 6-Hydrazino-l,3-dirnethylpyrirnidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: A mixture of Step 1 intermediate (17 g, 97.34 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (1 19 ml) in isopropyl alcohol (280 ml) were refluxed for 1 h. The excess of solvent was removed under reduced pressure, solid obtained was filtered, washed with methanol (25 ml) and dried to obtain 8.1 g of the product as white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.09 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 4.37 (br s, 2H), 5.10 (s, IH), 8.02 (br s, IH).
Step 3 l-Acetyl-3,5,7-trimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione: A mixture of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 47.01 mmol) and acetic anhydride (40 ml) in dry pyridine (78 ml) were refluxed for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to O0C and acidified with IN HCl (200 ml). The solid obtained was collected by filtration, washed with 1 N HCl (25 ml), water (25 ml) and dried to give 6.9 g of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H).
Step 4 3,5,7-Trimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-fi0pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione: Step 3 above intermediate (6.9 g, 29.211 mmol) was refluxed in 1 N sodium hydroxide (69 ml) for 10 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into ice water and stirred for 2 h. The precipitated solid was collected by filteration and dried to give 5.1 g of the desried product as off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CF3CO2D): δ 3.05 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
Step 5 2,3,5,7-Tetramethyl-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-£/]pyrimidine-4,6(5H,7H)-dione: A solution of Step 4 intermediate (5.2 g, 26.77 mmol) in 1 N sodium hydroxide (52 ml) was added dimetyl sulphate (5.2 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the solid precipitated out was filtered, washed with water and dried to give 3.85 g of the product as off white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.59 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
Step 6 Methyl (2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</] pyrimidin-3-yl)acetate: To a stirred solution of Step 5 intermediate (3.8 g, 18.24 mmol) in dimethylcarbonate (91 ml) was added sodium hydride (60 % dispersion in mineral oil, 4.5 g, 187.5 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched into IN HCl (200 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 250 ml), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue obtained was triturated in hexane, solid obtained was filtered to give 5.5 g of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-4): δ 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 5H), 3.90 (s, 3H).
Step 7 (2,5,7-Trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl) acetic acid: A mixture of Step 6 intermediate (1.0 g, 3.755 mmol) and 6 N H2SO4 (9.3 ml) in dioxane (9.3 ml) stirred at reflux temperature for 2 h to give a homogeneous pale yellow solution. This solution was cooled, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue obtained was triturated in diethyl ether, solid obtained was collected by filtration to give 330 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, overlapping with DMSO, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 12.95 (br s, IH) and 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.10 (s, 2H).
Intermediate 9
4,6-Dimethyl- 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-t/]pyrimidine-5,7(4H,6//)-dione
Figure imgf000037_0001
CH3
Step 1 5-Amino-l,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione: To a stirred suspension of 5-nitro-l ,3,6-trimethylpyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione (4.2 g, 20.084 mmol) in 1 :1 mixture of methanol and toluene (200 ml) was added 10% Pd-C (1.2 g). The reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere at room temperature overnight. The mixture was then filtered over a celite bed and was thoroughly washed with methanol (200 ml). The filitrate was collected and evaporated to give viscous residue which was then purified by column chromatography to afford 4.1 g of the product as an off-white solid. Step 2 4,6-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidine-5,7(4//,6//)-dione: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (4.0 g, 23.634 mmol) in a mixture of ice (24 g) and concentrated HCl (5 ml) was added a solution of sodium nitrite (1.42 g, 20.580 mmol) in water (5 ml). The resulting suspension was stirred below 10°C for 30 min. The solid formed at this stage was removed by filtration and the filtrate was added slowly with continuous stirring to 20 % aq. NaOH (20 ml) by maintaining the temperature below 1O0C. After addition the basic solution was filtered and neutralized with hydrochloric acid (5 N HCl). The precipitate separated was filtered and dried to get 300 mg of the product as dark orange solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-CZ6): δ 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 7.53 (s, IH).
Intermediate 10 3,4,6-Trimethyl-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c/]pyrimidine-5,7(4//,6H)-dione
Figure imgf000038_0001
The title compound was prepared in 2 steps from 6-ethyl-l,3-dimethyl-5-nitropyrimidine- 2,4(1 H,3H)-dione (3.5 g, 16.279 mmol) as described in intermediate 9 to give 110 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 2.62 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 1 1.59 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 193.31 (M-H).
Intermediate 1 1 4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-amine
H2N N W 3 F
Step 1 Λr-{4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l//-imidazol-2-yl}acetamide: To a stirred solution of 2-bromo-l-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethanone (4.5 g, 15.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (45 ml) was added acetyl guanidine (2.38 g, 23.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred and refluxed for overnight. The solvent was evaporation under reduced pressure and diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (75 mlx3) and organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained after the evaporation of the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 2 % methanol in chloroform to obtain 1.15 g of the product as a yellow solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- J6)- δ 2.07 (s, 3H), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.69-7.78 (m, 3H), 1 1.31 (br s, IH), 1 1.91 (br s, IH).
Step 2 4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-amine: To a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.1 g, 3.829 mmol) in a mixture of methanol (20 ml) and water (20 ml) was added cone. H2SO4 (2 ml) and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated solution of potassium carnonate was added and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained after the evaporation of the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5 % methanol in chloroform to obtain 290 mg of the product as a yellow solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 5.55 (br s, 2H), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.59-7.67 (m, 3H), 11.30 (br s, IH). General procedure for the preparation of 2-halo iV-thiazolyl acetamide derivatives
To a stirred and cooled (0°G) solution of appropriate thiazoleamine (1.0 equiv.) and pyridine (1.2 equiv.) in dichloromethane (5 volume) was added bromoacetyl bromide (1.2 eq.) over 5 min and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then further stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 50 mL) followed by brine (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained after the evaporation of the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 5-10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to obtain the desired product as an off-white solid.
Structure information and characterization "data for selected 2-bromo-Λr-thiazolyl acetamide intermediates are given in Table 1.
Table 1 : Structure and H NMR data of selected 2-bromo-N-thiazolyl acetamides
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
General procedure for the preparation of 2-amino-4-aryl thiazoles:
Method 1
A solution of acetophenone derivative (1.0 eq) in glacial acetic acid (5 vol) was added liquid bromine (1.0 eq) at 0 °C and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product obtained upon concentration was dissolved in dry THF (10 vol) and thiourea (2.0 eq) was added and refluxed for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with sodium thiosulfate solution and organic layer was treated with IN HCl to result salt formation of the amine. The precipitated salt was collected by filtration. The salt was then treated with saturated solution of NaHCO3 to re-generate the amine. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x 50 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the 2-amino-4-aryl-thiazole derivative.
Method 2
A solution of acetophenone derivative (1.0 equiv.), thiourea (2.0 equiv.) and iodine (1.0 equiv.) in dry ethanol (5 vol) was refluxed for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with sodium thiosulfate solution to remove iodine. The ethyl acetate solution was treated with IN HCl and precipitated salt collected by filtration. The free amine was re-generated as described in Method 1 given above. All the 2-amino-4-aryl-thiazole derivatives were prepared by either Method 1 or Method 2 starting from appropriate aryl alkyl ketones. Structure information and characterization data for selected intermediates are given in Table 2.
Table 2: Structural details and 1H NMR data of selected 2-aminothiazole intermediates
Figure imgf000043_0001
J
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-amine used for the preparation of Examples 33, 65 and 84 is purchased from Aldrich. 5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-l,3-benzothiazol-2-amine used for the preparation of Example 66 is also purchased from Aldrich.
For further illustration of methods of preparing the compounds of the present invention, the following examples are disclosed below.
EXAMPLES General procedure for the preparation of Examples
Method A:
To a stirred mixture of pyrrolo[3,2-i/]pyrimidinedione (Intermediates 1-6, 1.0 equiv.) or pyrazolo[4,3-</]pyrimidinedione (Intermediates 9-10, 1.0 equiv.) and NaH (1.5 equiv.) in dry DMF (10 ml/g) was added 2-bromo-jV-phenyl-l,3-thiazol-2-yl acetamide (1.1 equiv.) at 0°C, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was heated to 80°C for overnight. After this time, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography by using 2 % methanol in chloroform to afford the product.
Method B:
To a stirred solution of (l,3,7-Trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- cf]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetic acid (Intermediate 7, 1.0 equiv.) or 2,5,7-Trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-t/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetic acid (Intermediate 8, 1.0 equiv.) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane was added EDCI (1.2 equiv.), ΗOBt (0.3 equiv.) and 4- dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 equiv.) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10-15 min. An appropriate amine (1.0 equiv.) was then added and mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 48 h. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was diluted with methanol and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The solid separated out was collected by filtration. The solid product was further purified by recrystallization from isopropanol or methanol to give the desired products.
Example 1
N-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000046_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(2,4-difluorophenyl)- l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (1 1 1 mg, 0.330 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 60 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, OMSO-dβ, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.21- 7.27 (m, IH), 7.36-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.52 (s, IH), 8.03-8.10 (m, IH), 12.70 (br s, IH); APCI- MS (m/z) 432.20 (M+H)+.
Example 2
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ur]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000047_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(4-fluoro-3- trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (128 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 75 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.58-7.66 (m, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 8.24-8.32 (m, 2H), 12.74 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 480.16 (M-H).
Example 3
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pynmidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[3- fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000047_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-./V-[4-(3-fluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (128 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.418 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 75 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.24 (s, IH), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.90-8.01 (m, 3H), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 482.07 (M+H)+.
Example 4
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-JJpyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[4- chloro-3 -(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] - 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } acetamide
Figure imgf000047_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (30 mg, 0.167 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(4-chloro-3- trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (80 mg, 0.200 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.416 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 niL) to give 38 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, CDCl3, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.80 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.94 (s, 2H), 8.20 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.34 (s, IH), 12.74 (br s, IH). APCI-MS (m/z) 498.14 (M+H)+.
Example 5
2-(l ,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-cf]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-[4- f
(2,3,4-trichlorophenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide
Figure imgf000048_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-[4-(2,3,4-trichlorophenyl)- l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (134 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.416 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 37mg of the product as an off-white solid; fH NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-flfe, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.70 (s, IH), 7.77 (s, 2H), 12.74 (br s, IH). APCI-MS (m/z) 498.14 (M+H)+.
Example 6
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[4- (2-methylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000048_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4-(2-methylpropoxy)- 3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (135 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.416 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 45 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSOtZ6) 0.98 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.96-2.04 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.68 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 504.1 1 (M+H)+.
Example 7 7V-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3-methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-</]pyrirnidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000049_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(3- methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (140 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 75 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 0.92 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.60 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.85 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.15 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, IH), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.68 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 516.41 [M-H].
Example 8 N-{[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000049_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (25 mg, 0.139 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (70 mg, 0.167 mmol) in the presence of NaH (8 mg, 0.333 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 29 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSOcZ6, 300 MHz) 1.01 (s, 9H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.67 (s, IH), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.68 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 518.10 [M+H]+.
Example 9
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-tf]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4- [2,4-difluorophenyl-3-trifluoromethyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000050_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-jV-{4-[2,4-difluorophenyl-3- trifluoromethyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (134 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 60 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.48-7.58 (m, IH), 7.66 (s, IH), 8.28-8.38 (m, IH), 12.75 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 500.02 (M+H)+.
Example 10 7V-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-«f]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000050_0002
CH3
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (45 mg, 0.251 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4-(difluoromethoxy)- 3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (125 mg, 0.313 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 20 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSCW6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.28 (t, J= 72.3 Hz, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.79 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, IH), 12.73 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 498.08 (M+H)+.
Example 1 1
N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000050_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (29 mg, 0.166 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (60 mg, 0.139 mmol) in the presence of NaH (5.0 mg, 0.208 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 20 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-</6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.86 (q, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.83 (s, IH), 12.70 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 530.1 1 (M+H)+.
Example 12
N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^pyrimidin-5-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000051_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (30 mg, 0.167 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(3,3,3- trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (89 mg, 0.200 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.416 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 18 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz): 2.73-2.84 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.32-4.38 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, I H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, IH), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.80 (s, I H), 12.70 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 542.20 [M-H].
Example 13
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3-dimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-cf]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000051_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.1 10 mmol) with 2-bromo-./V-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (23 mg, 0.128 mmol) in the presence of NaH (7 mg, 0.291 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 30 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSOd6, 300 MHz) 1.08 (s, 9H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, 2H), 12.68 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 550.20 [M+H]+.
Example 1'4
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3~2-<flpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000052_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-Λr-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4-(3,3,3- trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (160 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 30 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, OMSO-d6, 300 MHz) 2.85-2.92 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.18-4.23 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 8.00-8.08 (m, 2H), 12.71 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 576.23 (M+H)+.
Example 15 N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluorobutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,44etrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-<i]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000052_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-Λr-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4- (3,3,4,4,4-pentafluorobutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (176 mg, 0.332 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 58 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSOd6, 300 MHz) 2.80-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.25-4.32 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.88 (s, I H), 8.03 (s, 2H), 12.70 (br s, I H); ESI-MS (m/z) 626.18 (M+H)+.
Example 16
N-{4-[3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000053_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (33 mg, 0.184 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3-chloro-5-fluoro-4- (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (70 mg, 0.156 mmol) in the presence of NaH (1 1 mg, 0.458 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 1 1 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.84 (q, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.82-7.91 (m, 3H), 12.71 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 546.03 (M+H)+.
Example 17
2-(l ,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-^/]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[4- (cyclopropylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000053_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-/V-{4-[4- (cyclopropylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (135 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 39 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-4) 0.24-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.50-0.56 (m, 2H), 1.15-1.21 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.97 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.60-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.68 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 502.13 (M+H)+.
Example 18
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-J]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[4- (cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000053_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4- (cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (139 mg, 0.334 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 44 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm,300 MHz, DMSCW6) 1.82-1.90 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.70 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.13 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.20-6.26 (m, IH), 7.34 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.67 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 516.11 (M+H)+.
Example 19
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-fir]pyrimidin-5-yl)-iV-{4-[4- (cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-dichlorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000054_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (45 mg, 0.251 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4- (cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-dichlorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (135 mg, 0.301 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 65 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR ((δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-c/6) 1.90-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.80 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.00 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 5 32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.36 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, 2H), 12.68 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 548.15 (M+H)+.
Example 20
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-ls2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-flQpyrimidin-5-yl)-jV-{4- [3,5-difluoro-4-[2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy]phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000054_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-7V-{4-[4-[2- (trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy]phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (170 mg, 0.335 mmol) in the presence of NaH (17 mg, 0.419 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 niL) to give 35 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-J6) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.65-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 4H), 12.69 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 606.35 (M+H)+.
Example 21
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-cfipyrimidin-5-yl)-jV-{4- [3,5-difluoro-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy]phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000055_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (33 mg, 0.184 mmol) with 2-bromo-./V-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-[4- (trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (1 12 mg, 0.221 mmol) in the presence of NaH (11 mg, 0.276 mmol) in dry DMF (3.0 mL) to give 25 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-J6) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 5.32 (br s, 4H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.70-7.72 (m, 4H), 7.78-7.80 (m, 3H), 12.68 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 606.15 (M+H)+.
Example 22 yV-[4-(3-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo- l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-J]pyrirnidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000055_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (45 mg, 0 232 mmol) with 2-bromo-jV-{4-[3-fluoro-4- trifluorornethylphenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (107 mg, 0.279 mmol) in the presence of NaH (13 mg, 0.555 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-J6) 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.85-7.91 (m, IH), 7.94-8.05 (m, 3H), 12.82 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 496.23 (M+H)+.
Example 23 N-{4-[3-Bromo-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-</]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000056_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.279 mmol) with 2-bromo-jV-{4-[3-bromo-4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (158 mg, 0.333 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.416 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 30 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.91 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.22 (s, IH), 7.30-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.89-7.95 (m, I H), 8.17 (m, I H), 12.65 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 572.27 (M+H)+.
Example 24
M-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylρropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-£/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000056_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (130 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.625 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 55 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-c/6) 1.01 (s, 9H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5 33 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, IH), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.74 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 532.24 (M+H)+.
Example 25
N- {4- [2,4-Difluoro-3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- 1 ,3-thiazol-2-yl } -2-( 1 ,3 ,6-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-cf|pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000057_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-{4-[2,4-difiuoro-3- trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (124 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.625 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 35 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.47-7.57 (m, IH), 7.66 (s, IH), 8.28-8.38 (m, IH), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 514.08 (M+H)+.
Example 26
N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-ύf]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000057_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (133 mg, 0.308 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 60 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm, 300 MHz, DMSO-^6) 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 4.80-4.90 (m, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.71 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (s, IH), 12.75 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 544.55 (M+H)+.
Example 27
N-[4-(4-Cyclobutylmethoxy-3,5-difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-(/)pyπmidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000057_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4- Cyclobutylmethoxy-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (129 mg, 0.308 mmol) in the presence of NaH (16 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 65 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (δ ppm,300 MHz, DMSCW6) 1.82-1.88 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.70 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 4.10 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.06 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, IH), 12.71 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 530.16 (M+H)+.
Example 28
N- {4-[3 -Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-y 1] } -2-( 1 ,3 ,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-<3r]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000058_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3-chloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (135 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 75 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 1.04 (s, 9H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.70-7.86 (m, 3H), 12.74 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 548.12 (M+H)+.
Example 29 N-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000058_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (140 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 70 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSOd6, 300 MHz) 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, 2H), 12.73 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 564.22 (M+H)+.
Example 30 N-{4-[3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pynmidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000059_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-7V-{4-[3-chloro-5-fluoro-4- (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (139 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 65 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 4.84 (q, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.80-7.90 (m, 3H), 12.75 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 560.10 (M+H)+.
Example 31
N-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000059_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (124 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 55 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSOd6, 300 MHz) 1.06 (s, 9H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.22 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.59 (s, IH), 1.65-1. IS (m, 2H), 12.77 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (m/z) 514.16 (M+H)+.
Example 32 N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3;6-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-<^]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000060_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bronκκ/V-{4-[3-chloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetarnide (129 mg, 0.308 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 85 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz): 1.04 (s, 9H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.07 (s, IH), 7.19 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.82 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.96 (s, IH), 12.69 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (m/z) 530.26 (M+H)+.
Example 33
N-[5-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(l ,3,6-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//- pyrrolo[3,2-βf]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000060_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 2 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-/V-[5-(4- bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]acetamide (1 1 1 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H- NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 2.26 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 6 05 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 1 1.56 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 472.08 (M+H)+.
Example 34
N- (4-[3 ,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3-thiazol-2-yl } -2-( 1 ,3 ,7-trimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000061_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 3 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (130 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 75 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-cfe, 300 MHz) 1.01 (s, 9H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (s, IH), 12.63 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (rn/z) 532.18 (M+H)+.
Example 35
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-cf)pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000061_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 3 (50 mg, 0.258 mmol) with 2-bromo-./V-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (119 mg, 0.310 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 90 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.82-8.00 (m, 4H), 12.71 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (rn/z) 494.30 (M-H)".
Example 36
2-(7-Bromo-l ,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-t(]pyrimidin-5-yl)- //-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)ρhenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000061_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 4 (50 mg, 0.193 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (97 mg, 0.232 mmol) in the presence of NaH (11 mg, 0.289 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-J6, 300 MHz) 1.01 (s, 9H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 7.54 (s, IH), 7.63 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (s, IH), 12.70 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 594.17 (M-H)".
Example 37
2-(7-Bromo-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-J]pyπmidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000062_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 4 (50 mg, 0.193 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazόl-2-yl}acetamide (89 mg, 0.232 mmol) in the presence of NaH (1 1 mg, 0.289 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 50 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.87 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.91-8.02 (m, 3H), 12.79 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (m/z) 560.12 (M+H)+.
Example 38
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-{7- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-5-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000062_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 5 (40 mg, 0.169 mmol) with 2-bromo-7V-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (77 mg, 0.203 mmol) in the presence of NaH (10 mg, 0.250 mmol) in dry DMF (4.0 mL) to give 35 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-</6, 300 MHz) 2.15 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 2H, overlapped with residual DMSO peak), 3.71 (s, 3H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.24 (s, I H), 7.86- 8.01 (m, 4H), 12.84 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 539.12 (M+H)+. Example 39
N- {4- [3 -Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] - 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } -2- { 7- [(dimethylamino)methyl] - 1 ,3 -dimethyl-2,4-dioxo- 1,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo [3 ,2- d] pyrimidin- 5 -y 1 } acetamide
Figure imgf000063_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 5 (50 mg, 0.21 1 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (106 mg, 0.253 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.375 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 30 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 1.01 (s, 9H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 2H, overlapped with residual DMSO peak), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 7.24 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (s, IH), 12.66 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (m/z) 575.02 (M+H)+.
Example 40
A/-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-{7- [(diethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-5-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000063_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 6 (50 mg, 0.189 mmol) with 2-bromo-/V-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (86 mg, 0.224 mmol) in the presence of NaH (1 1 mg, 0.250 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 50 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-c/6, 300 MHz) 0.96 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 2.47-2.53 (m, 4H, overlapped with residual DMSO peak), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.27 (s, IH), 7.83-8.02 (m, 4H), 12.76 (br s, IH,- exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 567.00 (M+H)+.
Example 41
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrτolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000064_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 7 (80 mg, 0.318 mmol) with 4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (84 mg, 0.318 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (74 mg, 0.381 mmol), HOBt (13 mg, 0.096 mmol) and DMAP (4 mg, 0.032 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) to give 52 mg of the product as an off white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 6.35 (s, IH), 7.82-8.02 (m, 4H), 12.62 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); APCI-MS (m/z) 496.26 (M+H)+.
Example 42 iV-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl-
2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-<^pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000064_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 7 (100 mg, 0.398 mmol) with 4-[4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-3,5- difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (118 mg, 0.398 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (91 mg, 0.475 mmol), HOBt (16 mg, 0.1 18 mmol) and DMAP (4 mg, 0.032 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as an off white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 1.01 (s, 9H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 5H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 6.35 (s, IH), 7.64 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (s, IH), 12.53 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 532.24 (M+H)+. Example 43 iV-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoroniethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrrolo[2,3-tf]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000065_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 7 (100 mg, 0.398 mmol) with 4-[2,4-difluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (1 1 1 mg, 0.398 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (91 mg, 0.475 mmol), HOBt (16 mg, 0.1 18 mmol) and DMAP (4 mg, 0.032 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (5 niL) to give 35 mg of the product as an off white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 6.35 (s, IH), 7.51 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, IH), 8.32 (q, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 12.61 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 514.09 (M+H)+.
Example 44
N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3,7-trimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000065_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 7 (100 mg, 0.398 mmol) with 4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (123 mg, 0.398 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (91 mg, 0.475 mmol), HOBt (16 mg, 0.1 18 mmol) and DMAP (4 mg, 0.032 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) to give 70 mg of the product as an off white solid; 1H-NMR (δ ppm, DMSO-^6, 300 MHz) 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 5H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 4.85 (q, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.35 (s, IH), 7.69 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (s, IH), 12.55 (br s, IH, exchangeable with D2O); ESI-MS (m/z) 544.1 1 (M+H)+.
Example 45 N-[4-(4-Isobutylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</Jpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000066_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (200 mg, 0.793 mmol) with 4-(4-isobutylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- amine (183 mg, 0.793 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (181 mg, 0.952 mmol), HOBt (32 mg, 0.238 mmol) and DMAP (9.6 mg, 0.079 mmol) in 1,2 dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 32 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.90 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 2.49 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 7.08 (s, I H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.4, 2H), 1 1.1 1 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 513.03 (M+H)+.
Example 46 iV-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro- 2//-pyrazolo[3,4-ώQpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000066_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- amine (208 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.92 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 12.74 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 445.08 (M+H)+.
Example 47 7V-{4-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000067_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (200 mg, 0.793 mmol) with 4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3- thiazol-2-amine (193 mg, 0.793 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (182 mg, 0.951 mmol), HOBt (32 mg, 0.237 mmol) and DMAP (9.6 mg, 0.079 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (7.9 ml) to give 13.4 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 7.24 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, J = 7.8, 2H), 7.95 (d, J = 7.8, 2H), 1 1.21 (br s, IH); APCI-MS {m/z): 479.08 (M+H)+.
Example 48
N-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2/7-pyrazolo[3,4-<f]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000067_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3- thiazol-2-amine (243 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 75 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.70 (s, 2H), 7.91 (s, IH), 8.23-8.29 (m, 2H), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 479.09 (M+H)+.
Example 49
N-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000067_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (200 mg, 0.793 mmol) with 4-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3- thiazol-2-amine (206 mg, 0.793 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (181 mg, 0.952 mmol), HOBt (32 mg, 0.238 mmol) and DMAP (9.6 mg, 0.079 mmol) in 1,2 dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 14 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 7.18 (s, 2H), 7.42 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.70-7.80 (m, 2H), 1 1.24 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z): 495.06 (M+H)+.
Example 50 iV-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-(/jpyrirnidin-3-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000068_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2- amine (210 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 60 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-<4): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.23 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.39 (t, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.52 (s, IH), 8.06 (q, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 12.76 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 447.08 (M+H) +.
Example 51
7V-[4-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000068_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- amine (210 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 26 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-<4):-δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.61 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, IH), 12.79 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 447.00 (M+H) +.
Example 52
N-[4-(3,5-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo [3 ,4-<aT]pyrimidin-3 -yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000069_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- amine (210 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 36 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.23 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.61 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, IH), 12.79 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 447.00 (M+H) +.
Example 53
N-{4-[4-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrirnidin-3-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000069_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (260 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 45 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 7.62 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 8.24-8.30 (m, 2H), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 497.05 (M+H)'+.
Example 54
N-[4-(3-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000070_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-(3-fluoro-4- trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (259 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (9.9 ml) to give 80 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.86-8.05 (m, 4H), 12.84 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z): 497.09 (M+H)+.
Example 55
N-{4-[2-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000070_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[2-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (260 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 7.54 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.78 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 8.33 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 12.83 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 497.00 (M+H)+. Example 56
N-{4-[2-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-cQpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000071_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[2-Fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (260 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (9.9 ml) to give 32 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz5 DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 7.70-7.86 (m, 3H), 7.26 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 12.85 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 497.09 (M+H)+.
Example 57 iV-{4-[2-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thia2ol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-i/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000071_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[2-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-amine (260 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 80 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.56-7.65 (m, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.76-7.82 (m, IH), 8.38-8.44 (m, IH), 12.84 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 497.10 (M+H) +.
Example 58
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000072_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[3-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (275 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.19 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2 dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 12 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMS(W6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 7.61 (t, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.82 (s, IH), 8.00-8.06 (m, 2H), 12.78 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 513.1 1 (M+H)+.
Example 59
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000072_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (200 mg, 0.793 mmol) with 4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (220 mg, 0.793 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (181 mg, 0.952 mmol), HOBt (32 mg, 0.238 mmol) and DMAP (9.6 mg, 0.079 mmol) in 1,2 dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 16 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.49, 3.50 (2s, 6H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.27-7.35 (m, I H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.67-7.73 (m, I H), 1 1.18 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z): 495.06 (M+H)+.
Example 60
7V-{4-[4-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-*/]pyrirnidin-3-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000073_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (275 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 90 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-4): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 7.61 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.82 (s, IH), 8.00-8.07 (m, 2H), 12.78 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 513.1 1 (M+H)+.
Example 61
N-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-^pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000073_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[4-(difluoromethoxy)-3- fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (258 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 40 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 7.29 (t, J = 72.9 Hz, IH), 7.45 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.86-7.92 (m, IH), 12.77 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (m/z) 495.08 (M+H) +.
Example 62
N-{4-[2,3-difluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000074_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[2,3-difluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (277 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 53 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 7.72-7.79 (m, IH), 7.84 (s, IH), 7.99-8.05 (m, IH), 12.87 (br s, IH); ESI-MS (tn/z) 515.10 (M+H) +.
Example 63
N-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-</Jpyrirnidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000074_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[2,4-difluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-amine (279 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (9.69 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (8 ml) to give 122 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMF-J7): δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 7.52 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.71 (s, IH), 8.43 (q, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 515.07 (M+H)+.
Example 64
N-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000075_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5- difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (273 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (9.9 ml) to give 40 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 7.28 (t, J = 72.3 Hz, IH), 7.80 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (s, IH), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 513.00 (M+H)+.
Example 65 iV-[5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H- pyrazolo[3,4-αT)pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000075_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 5-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-amine (237 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (228 mg, 1.190 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 30 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.73 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 11.58 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 473.05 (M+H)+.
Example 66
JV-[5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-l,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-cf]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000076_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method B) by coupling Intermediate 8 (250 mg, 0.992 mmol) with 5-(trifluoromethoxy)-l,3- benzothiazol-2-amine (234 mg, 0.992 mmol) in the presence of EDCI hydrochloride (458 mg, 2.389 mmol), HOBt (40 mg, 0.297 mmol) and DMAP (12.12 mg, 0.099 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 ml) to give 200 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.13 (s, IH), 12.94 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 469.10 (M+H) +.
Example 67
N-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro- lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000076_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (150 mg, 0.823 mmol) with 2-bromo-/V-[4-(4-chlorophenyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (328 mg, 0.988 mmol) in the presence of NaH (50 mg, 1.235 mmol) in dry DMF (3.0 mL) to give 30 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-c/6): δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 431.09 (M+H)+.
Example 68
2-(4,6-Dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidin-l-yl)-N-{4- [3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide
Figure imgf000077_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (62 mg, 0.344 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (1 10 mg, 0.287 mmol) in the presence of NaH (17 mg, 0.430 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSCM6) δ 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.84-8.02 (m, 5H), 12.85 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 481.22 (M-H)'.
Example 69 iV-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-</]pyrirnidin-l-yl)acetarnide
Figure imgf000077_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-^OmO-N- {4-[4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (107 mg, 0.277 mmol) in the presence of NaH (17 mg, 0.415 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 50 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSCW6) δ 1.02 (s, 9H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.22 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.61 (s, IH), 7.65- 7.75 (tn, 2H), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.72 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 501.45 (M+H) +.
Example 70
N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-(/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000077_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-bromo-/V-{4-[3-chloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (167 mg, 0.399 mmol) in the presence of NaH (20 mg, 0.499 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 niL) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.04 (s, 9H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.19 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.81 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 7.95 (s, IH), 12.72 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 517.17 (M+H)+.
Example 71
N-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000078_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (100 mg, 0.600 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[2,4-difluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (289 mg, 0.720 mmol) in the presence of NaH (36 mg, 0.900 mmol) in dry DMF (3.0 mL) to give 38 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6): δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.53 (t, J= 9.9 Hz, IH), 7.69 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 8.30-8.38 (m, IH), 12.84 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 501.24 (M+H)+
Example 72
N-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-cf]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000078_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.331 mmol) with 2-bromo-./V-{4-[4- (difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (1 10 mg, 0.276 mmol) in the presence of NaH (17 mg, 0.414 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.28 (t, J= 72.3 Hz, IH), 7.80 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 7.92 (s, IH), 12.82 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 499.20 (M+H) +.
Example 73 N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl- 5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000079_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (130 mg, 0.700 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4- (2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (302 mg, 0.700 mmol) in the presence of NaH (42 mg, 1.050 mmol) in dry DMF (3.0 mL) to give 73 mg of the product as a white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 4.86 (q, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.71 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.80 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 531.1 1 (M+H)+.
Further eluting gave 30 mg of N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[4,3-cf]pyrimidin- 2-yl)acetamide; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 4.86 (q, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (s, IH), 8.08 (s, IH), 12.85 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 529.10 (M-H) ".
Example 74 iV-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-ύ(]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000079_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-bromo-7V-{4-(3,5-difluoro-4- isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (162 mg, 0.399 mmol) in the presence of NaH (20 mg, 0.499 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 25 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 0.98 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.98-2.04 (m, IH), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.62-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 505.13 (M+H)+.
Example 75 N-[4-(3,5-Dichloro-4-isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-t/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000080_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-(3,5-dichloro-4- isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (175 mg, 0.399 mmol) in the presence of NaH (20 mg, 0.499 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 45 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.05 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H), 2.05-2.15 (m, IH), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.79 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 7.90 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, 2H), 8.08 (s, IH), 12.84 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 505.13 (M+H) +.
Example 76 iV-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3-methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-</]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000080_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (50 mg, 0.286 mmol) with 2-bromo-jV-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4- (3-methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (100 mg, 0.238 mmol) in the presence of NaH (14 mg, 0.357 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 35 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-4) δ 0.92 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.55- 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.86 (m, IH), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 4.15 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.62-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 519.18 (M+H)+.
Example 77
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-isobutoxyphenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-t/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000081_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-[4-(3,5-difluoro-4- isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (180 mg, 0.399 mmol) in the presence of NaH (20 mg, 0.499 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 45 mg of the product as an off- white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-(Z6) δ 0.96 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.64-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.92 (m, IH), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 4.04 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 7.90 (s, IH), 8.01 (s, 2H), 8.07 (s, IH), 12.84 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 551.24 (M+H) +.
Example 78
N-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluoropheny]]-l,3-thiazol-2-y]}-2-(4,6-dimethyl- 5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-J]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000081_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (150 mg, 0.800 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide (400 mg, 0.96 mmol) in the presence of NaH (48 mg, 1.20 mmol) in dry DMF (3.0 mL) to give 52 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.78 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z): 519.14 (M+H)+.
Example 79 N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-
5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-t/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000081_0003
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling with Intermediate 9 (80 mg, 0.444 mmol) with 2-bromo-iV-{4-[3,5-dichloro-4- (2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (219 mg, 0.488 mmol) in the presence of NaH (27 mg, 0.666 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 65 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.08 (s, 9H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.85-7.91 (m, 2H), 8.00 (s, 2H), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI- MS (m/z) 551.16 (M+H)+.
Example 80
N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-(i]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000082_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (70 mg, 0.389 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-{4-[3-chloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (203 mg, 0.466 mmol) in the presence of NaH (23 mg, 0.586 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 1.04 (s, 9H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.75-7.91 (m, 4H), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI- MS (m/z) 535.23 (M+H)+.
Example 81
N-{4-[4-(Cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-</[pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000082_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (100 mg, 0.555 mmol) with 2-bromo-7V-{4-[4- (cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (278 mg, 0.666 mmol) in the presence of NaH (33 mg, 0.832 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 55 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6) δ 1.78-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.72 (m, IH), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 4.10 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 7.62-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.79 (s, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 12.77 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 517.15 (M+H)+.
Example 82 N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(3,4,6-trimethyl-
5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-t/]pyπmidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000083_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 10 (50 mg, 0.257 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (118 mg, 0.283 mmol) in the presence of NaH (12 mg, 0.308 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 19 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 1.01 (s, 9H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 7.64 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (s, IH), 12.74 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 533.16 (M+H) +.
Example 83 jV-[4-(3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(3,4,6-trimethyl- 5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-</]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000083_0002
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 10 (50 mg, 0.257 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[4-(3,5-dichloro-4-(2,2- dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide (127 mg, 0.283 mmol) in the presence of NaH (15 mg, 0.385 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 25 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^6) δ 1.07 (s, 9H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 7.87 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, 2H), 12.74 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 565.32 (M+H)+.
Example 84 N-[5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7,-tetrahydro-lH- pyrazolo[4,3-c/]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000084_0001
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedure (Method A) by coupling Intermediate 9 (60 mg, 0.333 mmol) with 2-bromo-N-[5-(4- bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]acetamide (144 mg, 0.399 mmol) in the presence of NaH (20 mg, 0.499 mmol) in dry DMF (5.0 mL) to give 40 mg of the product as an off-white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-ύfe) δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 7.33 (s, IH), 7.72 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 8.88 (s, IH), 11.60 (br s, IH); APCI-MS (m/z) 459.08 (M+H)+.
Example 85
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-(/jpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide
Figure imgf000084_0002
To a stirred solution of 4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-amine (Intermediate 1 1) (104 mg, 0.428 mmol) in dry toluene (4 ml), sodium hydride (60 % dispersion in mineral oil, (12 mg, 1.401 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Step 6 of Intermediate 8 (100 mg, 0.356 mmol) was added to the above reaction mixture and heated to reflux for 48 h. The reaction mixture quenched into water and extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and residue obtained was purified by SiO2 column chromatography using 2 % methanol in chloroform to give 23 mg of the product as off white solid; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-t/6): δ 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.70-7.81 (m, 3H), 1 1.76 (br s, IH), 11.94 (br s, IH); APCI-MS {m/z): 480.17 (M+H)+. Pharmacological activity
The illustrative examples of the present invention are screened for TRPAl activity according to a modified procedure described in (a) Tόth, A. et al., Life Sciences, 2003, 73, 487-498. (b) McNamara C, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2007, 104, 13525- 13530. The screening of the compounds can be carried out by other methods and procedures known to persons skilled in the art.
ScreeninR for TRPAl antagonist using the 43Calcium uptake assay The inhibition of TRPAl receptor activation was measured as inhibition of allyl isothiocyanate (AITC) induced cellular uptake of radioactive calcium. Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to prepare 10 mM stock solution and then diluted using plain medium with 0.1% BSA and 1.8 mM CaCl2 to get desired concentration. Final concentration of DMSO in the reaction was 0.5% (v/v). Human TRPAl expressing CHO cells were grown in F- 12 DMEM medium with 10% FBS, 1 % penicillin-streptomycin solution, 400 μg / ml of G-418. Cells were seeded 24 h prior to the assay in 96 well plates so as to get ~ 50,000 cells per well on the day of experiment. Cells were treated with test compounds for 10 min followed by addition of AITC at a final concentration of 30 μM and 5 μCi/ml 45Ca+2 for 3 min. Cells were washed and lysed using buffer containing 1% Triton X- 100, 0.1 % deoxycholate and 0.1% SDS. Radioactivity in the lysate was measured in Packard Top count after addition of liquid scintillant. Concentration response curves were plotted as a % of maximal response obtained in the absence of test antagonist. ICj0 value was calculated from concentration response curve by nonlinear regression analysis using GraphPad PRISM software.
The compounds prepared were tested using the above assay procedure and the results obtained are given in Table 3. Percentage inhibition at concentrations of 1.0 μM and 10.0 μM are given in the table along with IC50 (nM) details for selected examples. The IC50 (nM) values of the compounds are set forth in Table 3 wherein "A" refers to an IC50 value of less than 50 nM, "B" refers to IC50 value in range of 50.01 to 100.0 nM and "C" refers to an IC50 values above 100.0 nM.
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001

Claims

WE CLAIM: 1. A compound of the formula (I)
Figure imgf000089_0001
(I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
Z, is NRa or CRa;
Z2 is NRb or CRb;
Z3 is N or C; with the proviso that when Z2 is CRb then both Z] and Z3 are not nitrogen at the same time; at each occurance, Ra and R which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, cyano, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, -(CRxRy)nORx, -CORX, -COORX, -C0NRxRy, -S(O)mNRxRy, -NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nORx, -(CH2)nNRxRy, -(CH2)nCHRxRy - (CH2)NRxRy, -NRx(CRxRy)nCONRxRy, -(CH2)nNHCORx, -(CH2)nNH(CH2)nSO2Rx and (CH2)nNHSO2Rx; alternatively either of Ra or Rb is absent;
R1 and R", which may be same or different, are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, (CRxRy)nORx, CORX, COOR", C0NRxRy, (CH2)nNRxRy, (CH2)nCHRxRy, (CH2)NRxRy and (CH2)nNHC0Rx;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl;
L is a linker selected from -(CRxRy)n-, -O-(CRxRy)n-, -C(O)-, -NRX-, -S(O)mNRx-, -NRλ(CRxRy)n- and -S(O)mNRx(CRxRy)n;
U is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted five membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of thiazole, isothiazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, furan, thiophene, pyroles, 1,2,3-triazoles and 1,2,4-triazole; and substituted or unsubstituted six membered heterocycles selected from the group consisting of pyrimidine, pyridine and pyridazine;
V is selected from hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -NRxRy, halogen, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl, -C(O)OR*, -ORX, -C(0)NRxRy, -C(O)RX and -S02NRxRy; or U and V together may form an optionally substituted 3 to 7 membered saturated or unsaturated cyclic ring, that may optinally include one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S and N; at each occurrence, Rx and Ry are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, - cycloalkylalkyl,- cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl,- heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic ring and heterocyclylalkyl; and at each occurrence 'm' and 'n' are independently selected from 0 to 2, both inclusive.
2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein one of Z1, Z2 or Z3 is nitrogen.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein both Z1 and Z2 are nitrogen.
4. The compound according to claim 1, wherein both Z and Z3 are nitrogen.
5. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 4, wherein L is CH2.
6. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 and R2 are (Ci- C4)alkyl.
7. The compound according to claim 6, wherein (Ci-C^alkyl is methyl.
8. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 7, wherein R3 is hydrogen.
9. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 8, wherein U is heteroaryl.
10. The compound according to claim 9, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
1 1. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 10, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
12. The compound according to claim 11, wherein aryl is phenyl.
13. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000091_0001
14. The compound according to claim 13, wherein R and R are (C|-C4)alkyl.
15. The compound according to claim 14, wherein (C]-C4)alkyl is methyl.
16. The compound according to any of claims 13 to 15, wherein Ra is hydrogen, (Cp C4)alkyl, halogen or alkylaminoalkyl.
17. The compound according to claim 16, wherein (Ci-C4)alkyl is methyl.
18. The compound according to claim 16, wherein alkylaminoalkyl is dimethylaminomethyl or diethylaminomethyl.
19. The compound according to any of claims 13 to 18, wherein Rb is hydrogen or (Ci-C4)alkyl.
20. The compound according to claim 19, wherein (C|-C4)alkyl is methyl.
21. The compound according to any of claims 13 to 20, wherein U is heteroaryl.
22. The compound according to claim 21 , wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
23. The compound according to any of claims 13 to 22, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
24. The compound according to claim 23, wherein aryl is phenyl.
25. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000091_0002
26. The compound according to claim 25, wherein R and R are (Ci-C4)alkyl.
27. The compound according to claim 26, wherein (Ci-C4)alkyl is methyl.
28. The compound according to any of claims 25 to 27, wherein Ra and R are independently hydrogen or methyl.
29. The compound according to any of claims 25 to 28, wherein U is heteroaryl.
30. The compound according to claim 29, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
31. The compound according to any of claims 25 to 30, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
32. The compound according to claim 31 , wherein aryl is phenyl.
33. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000092_0001
(Ic)
34. The compound according to claim 33, wherein R1 and R2 are (Ci-C4)alkyl.
35. The compound according to claim 34, wherein (Ci-C4)alkyl is methyl.
36. The compound according to any of claims 33 to 35, wherein Ra and R are independently hydrogen or methyl.
37. The compound according to any of claims 33 to 36, wherein U is heteroaryl.
38. The compound according to claim 37, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
39. The compound according to any of claims 33 to 38, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
40. The compound according to claim 39, wherein aryl is phenyl.
41. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (Id):
Figure imgf000093_0001
(Id)
42. The compound according to claim 41, wherein R1 and R2 are (Ci-C4)alkyl.
43. The compound according to claim 42, wherein (Ci-C4)alkyl is methyl.
44. The compound according to any of claims 41 to 43, wherein Rb is hydrogen or methyl.
45. The compound according to any of claims 41 to 44, wherein U is heteroaryl.
46. The compound according to claim 45, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
47. The compound according to any of claims 41 to 46, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
48. The compound according to claim 47, wherein aryl is phenyl.
49. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (Ie):
Figure imgf000093_0002
(Ie)
50. The compound according to claim 49, wherein R1 and R2 are
Figure imgf000093_0003
51. The compound according to claim 50, wherein (Ci-C4)alkyl is methyl.
52. The compound according to any of claims 49 to 51, wherein Ra is hydrogen or methyl.
53. The compound according to any of claims 49 to 52, wherein U is heteroaryl.
54. The compound according to claim 53, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
55. The compound according to any of claims 49 to 54, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
56. The compound according to claim 55, wherein aryl is phenyl.
57. The compound of claim 1 having the formula (If):
Figure imgf000094_0001
(if)
58. The compound according to claim 57, wherein R1 and R2 are (Ci-C4)alkyl.
59. The compound according to claim 58, wherein (C)-C4)alkyl is methyl.
60. The compound according to any of claims 57 to 59, wherein Ra is hydrogen or methyl.
61. The compound according to any of claims 57 to 60, wherein U is heteroaryl.
62. The compound according to claim 61, wherein heteroaryl is thiazole, imidazole, isoxazole, pyrazole, thiadiazole or pyrimidine.
63. The compound according to any of claims 57 to 62, wherein V is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
64. The compound according to claim 63, wherein aryl is phenyl.
65. The compound selected from:
N-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
2-(l ,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-(i]pyrimidin-5-yl)- jV-{4-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-(/]pyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-<lpyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide; 2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-6Tlpyrimidin-5-yl)- iV-[4-(2,3,4-trichlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^]pyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
7Vr-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3-methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3-dimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-βfjpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-cfjpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-cGpyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[2,4-difluorophenyl-3-trifluoromethyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
N- { 4- [4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3 ,5 -difluorophenyl] - 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } -2-( 1 ,3 - dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ύTlpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
7V-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-βT]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
iV-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-βQpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-£/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N- {4- [3 ,5 -Dichloro-4-(3 ,3 ,4,4,4-pentafluorobutoxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } -2- (l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2- (l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ή?]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-βr|pyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-(/|pyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[4-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide; 2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ύf]pyrimidin-5-yl)- iV-{4-[4-(cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-dichlorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-J]pyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-[2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy]phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
2-(l,3-Dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^Jpyrimidin-5-yl)- N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyloxy]phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
Λ/-[4-(3-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4- dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyiτolo[3,2-d]pyrirnidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Bromo-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3- dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
M-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-J]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-flf]pyriniidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l ,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-(/|pyrimidin-5-yl)acetaniide;
N-[4-(4-Cyclobutylmethoxy-3,5-difluorophenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l,3,6- trimethy]-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ώ()pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-ChIoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]}-2- (l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-(/]pyrimidin-5- yl)acetamide;
N- {4-[3 ,5-dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl] } -2-( 1,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-<f]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]}-2- (l ,3,6-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-<f]pyrimidin-5- yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluoroρhenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-(i]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide; N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)ρhenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,6- trimethyl-2 ,4-dioxo- 1 ,2 ,3 ,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo [3 ,2- d]pyrimidin-5 -yl)acetamide; iV-[5-(4-bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(l,3,6-trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-^pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N- {4-[3 ,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } -2-( 1,3,7- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-ώ^jpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2-£/Jpyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
2-(7-Bromo-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2- J]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-{4-[3,5-difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2- yl}acetamide;
2-(7-Bromo-l ,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5//-pyrrolo[3,2- </]pyrimidin-5 -y\)-N- { 4- [3 -fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] - 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-yl } acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-{7- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2- c/]pyrimidin-5-yl} acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-{7- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-l ,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2- t/]pyrimidin-5-yl} acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-{7- [(diethylamino)methyl]-l,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2- </]pyrimidin-5-yl} acetamide;
Λ^-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7-trimethyl- 2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(l ,3,7- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-i/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l ,3,7- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide; and 7V-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(l,3,7- trimethyl-2,4-dioxo-2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-c/]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
66. The compound selected from:
JV-[4-(4-Isobutylphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-^jpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; vV-{4-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-t/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-t/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; .
N-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-αf]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetarnide; iV-[4-(3,5-Difluorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-c/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-tf]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3-Fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-cf]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
Λr-{4-[2-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5 ,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo [3 ,4-d]pyrimidin-3 -yl)acetamide ;
N-{4-[2-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-(i]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; yV-{4-[2-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-i/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; 7V-{4-[3-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-^pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2Η-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-Fluoro-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N.{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-i/]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[2,3-difluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7- trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-fifjpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
//-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7- trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-cQpyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; iV-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(2,5,7- trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-J]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-ύf|pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
N-[5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-l,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl-4,6-dioxo- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2H-pyrazolo[3,4-J]pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide;
Λf-[4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7- tetrahydro- 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-(/]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)acetamide;
2-(4,6-Dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c/]pyrimidin-l-yl)- N-{4-[3-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}acetamide;
N-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3-fluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-</)pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro- 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-(3]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[2,4-Difluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl- 5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-tf]pyπmidin-l-yl)acetamide; N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- " dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro- 1 H-pyrazolo[4,3-ύfJpyrimidiit- 1 -yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,5-Dichloro-4-isobutoxyphenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-^]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3,5-Difluoro-4-(3-methylbutoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl- 5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-fif]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-isobutoxyphenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7- dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-^pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-rf]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-i/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[3-Chloro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)-5-fluorophenyl]-l ,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2- (4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-c/]pyrimidin-l-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[4-(Cyclobutylmethoxy)-3,5-difluorophenyl]-l,3-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4,6- dimethyl-SJ-dioxo^^jόJ-tetrahydro-lH-pyrazolo^^-cflpyπmidin-l-yOacetamide;
Λr-[4-(3,5-Difluoro-4-(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(3,4,6- trimethyl-5, 7-dioxo-3a,4, 5,6,7, 7a-hexahydro-lH-pyrazolo[4,3-ήQpyrimidin-l- yl)acetamide;
N-[4-(3,5-Dichloro-4-(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)phenyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-2-(3,4,6- trimethyl-5,7-dioxo-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-l//-pyrazolo[4,3-cT]pyπmidin-l- yl)acetamide;
N-[5-(4-Bromophenyl)isoxazol-3-yl]-2-(4,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-3a,4,5,6,7,7a- hexahydro- 1 //-pyrazolo[4,3-</Jpyrimidin- 1 -yl)acetamide; and
N-{4-[3-Fluoro-4-(tπfluoromethyI)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-yl]-2-(2,5,7-trimethyl- 4,6-dioxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-2//-pyrazolo[3,4-</|pyrimidin-3-yl)acetamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
67. A pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds selected from the compounds of any one of claims 1 to 66, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, diluents or mixture thereof.
68. A method for treating disease or condition associated with TRPAl function in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 66.
69. The method according to claim 68, wherein the symptoms of a disease or condition associated with TRPAl function is selected from pain, chronic pain, complex regional pain syndrome, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, osteoarthritic pain, back pain, visceral pain, cancer pain, algesia, neuralgia, migraine, neuropathies, diabetic neuropathy, sciatica, HIV-related neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia, fibromyalgia, nerve injury, ischaemia, neurodegeneration, stroke, post stroke pain, multiple sclerosis, respiratory diseases, asthma, cough, COPD, inflammatory disorders, oesophagitis, gastroeosophagal reflux disorder (GERD), irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic hypersensitivity, urinary incontinence, cystitis, burns, psoriasis, eczema, emesis, stomach duodenal ulcer and pruritus.
70. The method according to claim 69, wherein the symptoms of a disease or condition is associated with chronic pain.
71. The method according to claim 69, wherein the symptoms of a disease or condition is associated with neuropathic pain.
72. The method according to claim 69, wherein the symptoms of a disease or condition is associated with rheumatoid arthritic pain or osteoarthritic pain.
PCT/IB2010/000553 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators WO2010109287A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SG2011066487A SG174402A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
EA201190143A EA023857B1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
ES10755503.9T ES2456515T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as modulators of TRPA1
EP10755503.9A EP2411393B1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
CN201080013471.6A CN102361873B (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
UAA201111147A UA108069C2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
SI201030523T SI2411393T1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
PL10755503T PL2411393T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
CA2756518A CA2756518A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
DK10755503.9T DK2411393T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Condensed pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
MX2011009824A MX2011009824A (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators.
AU2010227245A AU2010227245B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
US13/258,115 US8623880B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
AP2011005887A AP3280A (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
BRPI1013559A BRPI1013559A2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 compounds, pharmaceutical composition, method of treating disease or condition associated with trpa1 function and their uses
JP2012501401A JP5657638B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
IL215178A IL215178A (en) 2009-03-23 2011-09-15 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators, compositions comprising them and use thereof for preparation of medicaments
ZA2011/07648A ZA201107648B (en) 2009-03-23 2011-10-19 Fused pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
HK12106785.2A HK1166075A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2012-07-11 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
US14/079,932 US9000159B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-11-14 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IN665MU2009 2009-03-23
IN665/MUM/2009 2009-03-23
US17135509P 2009-04-21 2009-04-21
US61/171,355 2009-04-21
IN2211/MUM/2009 2009-09-23
IN2212MU2009 2009-09-23
IN2212/MUM/2009 2009-09-23
IN2211MU2009 2009-09-23
US25194409P 2009-10-15 2009-10-15
US61/251,944 2009-10-15
US25326309P 2009-10-20 2009-10-20
US61/253,263 2009-10-20
IN2891/MUM/2009 2009-12-15
IN2892MU2009 2009-12-15
IN2891MU2009 2009-12-15
IN2892/MUM/2009 2009-12-15
US29446310P 2010-01-12 2010-01-12
US61/294,463 2010-01-12
US30024110P 2010-02-01 2010-02-01
US61/300,241 2010-02-01

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/258,115 A-371-Of-International US8623880B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
US14/079,932 Continuation US9000159B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-11-14 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010109287A1 true WO2010109287A1 (en) 2010-09-30

Family

ID=42780198

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2010/000553 WO2010109287A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-03-17 Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (1) US9000159B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2411393B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5657638B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20110132575A (en)
CN (1) CN102361873B (en)
AP (1) AP3280A (en)
AU (1) AU2010227245B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI1013559A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2756518A1 (en)
CL (2) CL2011002315A1 (en)
DK (1) DK2411393T3 (en)
EA (1) EA023857B1 (en)
ES (2) ES2551085T3 (en)
HK (2) HK1166075A1 (en)
IL (1) IL215178A (en)
MX (1) MX2011009824A (en)
PE (1) PE20120774A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2411393T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2411393E (en)
SG (1) SG174402A1 (en)
SI (1) SI2411393T1 (en)
UA (1) UA108069C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2010109287A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201107648B (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012085662A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-28 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as trpa1 antagonists
EP2520566A1 (en) 2011-05-06 2012-11-07 Orion Corporation New Pharmaceutical Compounds
WO2012172475A1 (en) 2011-06-13 2012-12-20 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Treatment of respiratory disorders using trpa1 antagonists
WO2012176143A1 (en) 2011-06-22 2012-12-27 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a beta-2 agonist
WO2012176105A1 (en) 2011-06-22 2012-12-27 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a leukotriene receptor antagonist
WO2013014597A1 (en) 2011-07-25 2013-01-31 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a steroid
WO2013084153A1 (en) 2011-12-05 2013-06-13 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and an anticholinergic agent
CN103755705A (en) * 2014-02-17 2014-04-30 上海佰特因医药科技有限公司 Total synthesis method for natural product tetramethyl uric acid
US8884020B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2014-11-11 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole compounds
US9000159B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2015-04-07 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
WO2015056094A2 (en) 2013-10-15 2015-04-23 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and an analgesic agent
CN105001170A (en) * 2015-07-13 2015-10-28 佛山市赛维斯医药科技有限公司 Triazole sulfoxide compound substituted by terminal nitrile group, preparation method and application of same
US9193729B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2015-11-24 Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibiting transient receptor potential ion channel TRPA1
WO2016042501A1 (en) 2014-09-16 2016-03-24 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Trpa1 antagonist for the treatment of pain associated to diabetic neuropathic pain
US9394308B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2016-07-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Inhibiting the transient receptor potential A1 ion channel
US9533952B2 (en) 2012-10-01 2017-01-03 Orion Corporation N-prop-2-ynyl carboxamide derivatives and their use as TRPA1 antagonists
WO2017060488A1 (en) 2015-10-09 2017-04-13 Almirall, S.A. New trpa1 antagonists
WO2017064068A1 (en) 2015-10-14 2017-04-20 Almirall, S.A. New trpa1 antagonists
US9657012B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2017-05-23 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. FAAH inhibitors
US11655245B2 (en) 2018-03-19 2023-05-23 Genentech, Inc. Oxadiazole transient receptor potential channel inhibitors

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2805718B1 (en) 2012-01-17 2018-04-04 EA Pharma Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic amide derivative and pharmaceutical product containing same
KR20150015488A (en) 2012-06-08 2015-02-10 그렌마크 파머수티칼스 에스. 아. Amides of 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds and their salts
RU2674977C2 (en) 2013-10-30 2018-12-14 Шанхай Хэнжуй Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. Pyrazolopyrimidone or pyrrolotriazone derivatives, method of preparing same and pharmaceutical applications thereof
WO2016023831A1 (en) * 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Hydra Biosciences, Inc. Pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4(3h,5h)-dione derivatives
BR112020000725A2 (en) * 2017-07-28 2020-07-14 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. method for preparing pyrimidone heteroaryl derivative and pyrimidone heteroaryl derivative intermediate
CN109422749B (en) * 2017-08-21 2023-01-24 重庆医药工业研究院有限责任公司 Pyrimidinedione derivative for inhibiting monocarboxylic acid transporter
CN108558836A (en) * 2018-05-14 2018-09-21 东南大学 One kind has the DPP-4 inhibitor and application thereof of double action mechanism
WO2023096915A1 (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-06-01 Slap Pharmaceuticals Llc Multicyclic compounds
WO2023150592A2 (en) * 2022-02-03 2023-08-10 D.E. Shaw Research, Llc N3-substituted uracil compounds as trpa1 inhibitors
WO2023178035A1 (en) * 2022-03-14 2023-09-21 Slap Pharmaceuticals Llc Multicyclic compounds
CN114656473B (en) * 2022-04-27 2023-09-29 成都施贝康生物医药科技有限公司 Pyrrolopyrimidine compound, isomer or salt, preparation method and application thereof
CN114656480B (en) * 2022-04-27 2024-01-26 成都施贝康生物医药科技有限公司 Thienopyrimidine compound, isomer or salt, preparation method and application thereof
CN114656472B (en) * 2022-04-27 2023-07-04 成都施贝康生物医药科技有限公司 Pyrazolopyrimidine compound, isomer or salt, and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003000694A1 (en) * 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Almirall Prodesfarma S.A. 6-phenyldihydropyrrolopyrimidinedione derivatives
WO2007073505A2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Hydra Biosciences, Inc. Trpa1 inhibitors for treating pain

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2248231A1 (en) 1972-10-02 1974-04-11 Basf Ag 3-AMINOISOTHIAZOLO SQUARE BRACKET ON 3.4 SQUARE BRACKET FOR PYRIMIDINE
SE9701398D0 (en) 1997-04-15 1997-04-15 Astra Pharma Prod Novel compounds
WO2004014916A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-02-19 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Pyrimidine fused bicyclic metalloproteinase inhibitors
WO2004055054A1 (en) 2002-12-18 2004-07-01 Novartis Ag Anktm1, a cold-activated trp-like channel expressed in nociceptive neurons
US20070099940A1 (en) 2004-02-11 2007-05-03 Spearing Paul K Pth agonists
WO2005089206A2 (en) 2004-03-13 2005-09-29 Irm Llc Modulators of ion channel trpa1
MY140748A (en) 2004-12-06 2010-01-15 Astrazeneca Ab Novel pyrrolo [3,2-d] pyrimidin-4-one derivatives and their use in therapy
WO2006083005A1 (en) 2005-02-03 2006-08-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused pyrimidine derivative and used thereof
US20060291462A1 (en) * 2005-06-28 2006-12-28 Utstarcom, Inc. Method and apparatus using multiple application cards to comprise multiple logical network entities
TW200800997A (en) 2006-03-22 2008-01-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
AR065081A1 (en) 2007-01-29 2009-05-13 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc FUSIONATED QUINAZOLINONA AND PIRIMIDONA COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
JP2010530901A (en) 2007-06-22 2010-09-16 ハイドラ バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for treating disorders
WO2009158719A2 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Hydra Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating disorders
US8299077B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2012-10-30 Roche Palo Alto Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
DK2411393T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2014-04-07 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Condensed pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
PT2411397E (en) 2009-03-23 2013-06-06 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Isothiazolo-pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
ES2424341T3 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-10-01 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Derivatives of furopyrimidinedione as modulators of TRPA1
AR076332A1 (en) 2009-04-21 2011-06-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Int HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES OF 5-ALQUINIL-PIRIDINAS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE THEM AND USE OF THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT AND / OR PREVENTION OF CANCER, INFLAMMATORY PROCESSES, AUTOIMMUNES, AND / OR INFECTIONS.
MX2011012903A (en) 2009-06-18 2012-02-01 Basf Se Fungicidal mixtures.
MX2012004379A (en) 2009-10-15 2012-06-01 Pfizer Pyrrolo[2,3-d] pyrimidine compounds.
EP2311844A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-04-20 Interquim, S.A. Silyl polymeric benzoic acid ester compounds, uses, and compositions thereof
US8404461B2 (en) 2009-10-15 2013-03-26 SK Biopharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Method for preparation of carbamic acid (R)-1-aryl-2-tetrazolyl-ethyl ester
AR078522A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-11-16 Lilly Co Eli SPIROPIPERIDINE COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT, ITS USE TO PREPARE A USEFUL MEDICINAL PRODUCT TO TREAT DIABETES AND INTERMEDIARY COMPOUND FOR SYNTHESIS
US8163704B2 (en) 2009-10-20 2012-04-24 Novartis Ag Glycoside derivatives and uses thereof
SG178311A1 (en) 2010-07-13 2012-03-29 Novartis Ag Oxazine derivatives and their use in the treatment of neurological disorders

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003000694A1 (en) * 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Almirall Prodesfarma S.A. 6-phenyldihydropyrrolopyrimidinedione derivatives
WO2007073505A2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Hydra Biosciences, Inc. Trpa1 inhibitors for treating pain

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP2411393A4 *

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8884020B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2014-11-11 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole compounds
US9000159B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2015-04-07 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
EA023141B1 (en) * 2010-12-20 2016-04-29 Гленмарк Фармасьютикалс С.А. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as trpa1 antagonists
AU2011346763B2 (en) * 2010-12-20 2016-01-07 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TRPA1 antagonists
AP3391A (en) * 2010-12-20 2015-08-31 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa 2-Amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TROA1 antagonists
US9073955B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2015-07-07 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TRPA1 antagonists
WO2012085662A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-28 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as trpa1 antagonists
US8889862B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2014-11-18 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TRPA1 antagonists
US8592398B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2013-11-26 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, S.A. 2-amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TRPA1 antagonists
JP2014501755A (en) * 2010-12-20 2014-01-23 グレンマーク ファーマシューティカルズ， エセ．アー． 2-Amino-4-arylthiazole compounds as TRPA1 antagonists
US9657012B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2017-05-23 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. FAAH inhibitors
WO2012152983A1 (en) 2011-05-06 2012-11-15 Orion Corporation Phenyl- sulfonyl derivatives as mediators of trpa1 receptor activity for the treatment of pain
EP2520566A1 (en) 2011-05-06 2012-11-07 Orion Corporation New Pharmaceutical Compounds
WO2012172475A1 (en) 2011-06-13 2012-12-20 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Treatment of respiratory disorders using trpa1 antagonists
US9186360B2 (en) 2011-06-13 2015-11-17 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Treatment of respiratory disorders using TRPA1 antagonists
WO2012176105A1 (en) 2011-06-22 2012-12-27 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a leukotriene receptor antagonist
WO2012176143A1 (en) 2011-06-22 2012-12-27 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a beta-2 agonist
WO2013014597A1 (en) 2011-07-25 2013-01-31 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Sa Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and a steroid
US9193729B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2015-11-24 Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibiting transient receptor potential ion channel TRPA1
WO2013084153A1 (en) 2011-12-05 2013-06-13 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and an anticholinergic agent
US9533952B2 (en) 2012-10-01 2017-01-03 Orion Corporation N-prop-2-ynyl carboxamide derivatives and their use as TRPA1 antagonists
US9394308B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2016-07-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Inhibiting the transient receptor potential A1 ion channel
WO2015056094A2 (en) 2013-10-15 2015-04-23 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Pharmaceutical composition comprising a trpa1 antagonist and an analgesic agent
US9532988B2 (en) 2013-10-15 2017-01-03 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Pharmaceutical composition comprising a TRPA1 antagonist and an analgesic agent
CN103755705B (en) * 2014-02-17 2017-02-15 上海佰特因医药科技有限公司 Total synthesis method for natural product tetramethyl uric acid
CN103755705A (en) * 2014-02-17 2014-04-30 上海佰特因医药科技有限公司 Total synthesis method for natural product tetramethyl uric acid
WO2016042501A1 (en) 2014-09-16 2016-03-24 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. Trpa1 antagonist for the treatment of pain associated to diabetic neuropathic pain
CN105001170A (en) * 2015-07-13 2015-10-28 佛山市赛维斯医药科技有限公司 Triazole sulfoxide compound substituted by terminal nitrile group, preparation method and application of same
WO2017060488A1 (en) 2015-10-09 2017-04-13 Almirall, S.A. New trpa1 antagonists
WO2017064068A1 (en) 2015-10-14 2017-04-20 Almirall, S.A. New trpa1 antagonists
US11655245B2 (en) 2018-03-19 2023-05-23 Genentech, Inc. Oxadiazole transient receptor potential channel inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL215178A0 (en) 2011-12-29
JP5657638B2 (en) 2015-01-21
EP2708538A1 (en) 2014-03-19
EP2411393B1 (en) 2014-01-22
SG174402A1 (en) 2011-10-28
CL2014001447A1 (en) 2014-10-17
AU2010227245A2 (en) 2011-10-27
KR20110132575A (en) 2011-12-08
ES2551085T3 (en) 2015-11-16
EP2708538B1 (en) 2015-08-12
MX2011009824A (en) 2012-01-25
DK2411393T3 (en) 2014-04-07
EA023857B1 (en) 2016-07-29
ZA201107648B (en) 2012-07-25
JP2012521401A (en) 2012-09-13
US20140128603A1 (en) 2014-05-08
CN102361873B (en) 2014-07-09
EA201190143A1 (en) 2012-04-30
CN102361873A (en) 2012-02-22
PL2411393T3 (en) 2014-06-30
HK1194742A1 (en) 2014-10-24
IL215178A (en) 2015-01-29
CL2011002315A1 (en) 2012-04-09
SI2411393T1 (en) 2014-03-31
HK1166075A1 (en) 2012-10-19
PE20120774A1 (en) 2012-06-27
AP3280A (en) 2015-05-31
BRPI1013559A2 (en) 2016-04-12
UA108069C2 (en) 2015-03-25
AP2011005887A0 (en) 2011-10-31
US9000159B2 (en) 2015-04-07
AU2010227245A1 (en) 2011-09-22
EP2411393A4 (en) 2012-08-01
ES2456515T3 (en) 2014-04-22
CA2756518A1 (en) 2010-09-30
PT2411393E (en) 2014-02-21
AU2010227245B2 (en) 2015-09-10
EP2411393A1 (en) 2012-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2411393B1 (en) Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
EP2411397B1 (en) Isothiazolo-pyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
EP2411396B1 (en) Thienopyrimidinedione derivatives as trpa1 modulators
US8623880B2 (en) Fused pyrimidine-dione derivatives as TRPA1 modulators
WO2010125469A1 (en) Pyrimidinedione-fused heterocyclic compounds as trpa1 modulators
WO2011114184A1 (en) Amides of heterocyclic compounds as trpa1 inhibitors
WO2011132017A1 (en) Pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl acetamide derivatives as trpa1 modulators

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080013471.6

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10755503

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1297/MUMNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201190143

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010227245

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/009824

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13258115

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010227245

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100317

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012501401

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 12011501888

Country of ref document: PH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2756518

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 001707-2011

Country of ref document: PE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117022612

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010755503

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: PI1013559

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014001447

Country of ref document: CL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI1013559

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20110921